Repairhp PW Ent Color 765 and MFP 780 785 PW Color 755 774 779 PW Mananged Color E75160 p75250 E77650 E77660 p77440 p77940 p77950 p77960 Repair Manual

HP PageWide Enterprise Color 765 and MFP
780/785
HP PageWide Color 755 and MFP 774/779
HP PageWide Managed Color E75160,
P75250 and MFP E77650, E77660, P77440,
P77940, P77950, P77960
Repair Manual
Copyright and License
© Copyright 2018 HP Development Company,

L.P.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without

prior written permission is prohibited, except as
allowed under the copyright laws.
The information contained herein is subject to

change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not
be liable for technical or editorial errors or
omissions contained herein.
Edition 5, 4/2019
Conventions used in this guide
TIP: Helpful hints or shortcuts.
NOTE: Information that explains a concept or how to complete a task.
Reinstallation tip: Reinstallation helpful hints, shortcuts, or considerations.
IMPORTANT: Information that help the user to avoid potential printer error conditions.
CAUTION: Procedures that the user must follow to avoid losing data or damaging the printer.
WARNING! Procedures that the user must follow to avoid personal injury, catastrophic loss of data, or extensive
damage to the printer.
ENWW iii
iv Conventions used in this guide ENWW
Related documentation and software
HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:
AMS
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-en
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-es
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-pt
APJ
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-en
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-ja
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-ko
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-Hans
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-Hant
EMEA
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/emea-en
Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at www.hp.com/partners/csn .
Channel partners, access training materials in the HP University and Partner Learning Center at
https://content.ext.hp.com/sites/LMS/HPU.page.
ENWW v
vi Related documentation and software ENWW
Table of contents
1 Removal and replacement ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1

For additional service and support ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Removal and replacement strategy ...................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... 3
Considerations during removal and replacement .......................................................................................... 3
Electrostatic discharge ........................................................................................................................................ 4
Required tools ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
Fasteners types .................................................................................................................................................... 5
Service approach ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Before performing service .................................................................................................................................. 5
After performing service ..................................................................................................................................... 5
Post-service test .................................................................................................................................................. 5
Removal and replacement procedures ................................................................................................................................. 7
Customer self-repair (CSR A) parts and assemblies ...................................................................................... 7
Customer self-repair (CSR B) parts and assemblies .................................................................................. 126
Field replaceable units (FRUs) ....................................................................................................................... 137
Removal and replacement: Trays .............................................................................................................. 1526
Removal and replacement: Accessories ................................................................................................... 1529
Removal and replacement: Input accessories ......................................................................................... 1568
Removal and replacement: Output accessories ...................................................................................... 1731
2 Parts and diagrams ........................................................................................................................................................................... 2455

Related documentation and software ........................................................................................................................... 2457
Order parts, accessories, and supplies .......................................................................................................................... 2458
Ordering ......................................................................................................................................................... 2458
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................. 2458
Supplies and accessories ............................................................................................................................ 2458
Customer self-repair parts .......................................................................................................................... 2460
Support portals and documentation resources ...................................................................................... 2463
Assembly locations ........................................................................................................................................................... 2465
Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP) ......................................................... 2465
Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP) .......................................................... 2466
ENWW vii
Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only) ........................................................................ 2467
Front view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP) ......................................................................................... 2468
Rear view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP) .......................................................................................... 2469
How to use the parts list and diagrams ......................................................................................................................... 2469
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785) ......................................................... 2470
Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779) .............................................................. 2470
Parts and diagrams: Covers (printer) ............................................................................................................................. 2472
Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models) .......................................................................................... 2472
Covers (765/E751/P752 models) .............................................................................................................. 2474
Covers (floor standing finisher printers) ................................................................................................... 2476
Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies ...................................................................................... 2478
Tray pick and duplex path assemblies ...................................................................................................... 2478
Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies .................................................................... 2480
Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies .................................................................................... 2480
Parts and diagrams: Left door assembly ...................................................................................................................... 2482
Left door assemblies ................................................................................................................................... 2482
Left door eject assemblies .......................................................................................................................... 2484
Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies ............................................................................................. 2486
Airflow and right door assemblies ............................................................................................................. 2486
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1 ................................................................................................................ 2488
Electrical assemblies 1 ................................................................................................................................ 2488
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2 ................................................................................................................ 2490
Electrical assemblies 2 ................................................................................................................................ 2490
Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly ..................................................................................................................... 2492
Printhead assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 2492
Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies ....................................................................................................... 2494
Printhead wiper assemblies ........................................................................................................................ 2494
Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher printers) ............................................................... 2496
Bridge assemblies (FSF printers) ............................................................................................................... 2496
Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher printers) ............................................................. 2498
Chassis assemblies (FSF printers) .............................................................................................................. 2498
Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher printers) ...................................................................... 2500
Vapor module (FSF printers) ....................................................................................................................... 2500
Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits ............................................................................................................. 2502
FFCs and engine FFC kits ............................................................................................................................. 2502
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables .............................................................................................................................. 2504
Discrete cables .............................................................................................................................................. 2504
Discrete Cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher) .................................................................................. 2506
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet feeder ......................................................................................................................... 2508
550-sheet feeder covers ............................................................................................................................. 2508
550-sheet feeder internal assemblies ..................................................................................................... 2510
viii ENWW
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet ............................................................................... 2512
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet covers ................................................................................... 2512
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet internal assemblies ............................................................ 2514
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder ..................................................................................................................... 2516
3x550-sheet feeder covers ........................................................................................................................ 2516
3x550-sheet feeder internal assemblies ................................................................................................. 2518
Parts and diagrams: High capacity input (HCI) feeder ................................................................................................. 2520
HCI feeder covers .......................................................................................................................................... 2520
HCI feeder internal assemblies ................................................................................................................... 2522
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher ................................................................................................................................. 2524
Inline finisher covers ..................................................................................................................................... 2524
Inline finisher internal components ........................................................................................................... 2526
Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies ....................................................................................................... 2528
Inline finisher FFCs ........................................................................................................................................ 2530
Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher .......................................................................................... 2532
Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR) .......................................................................... 2532
Floor standing finisher covers .................................................................................................................... 2534
Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1 .......................................................................................... 2536
SCU motor and STK motor, floor standing finisher ................................................................................. 2544
Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam, floor standing finisher ................................................................. 2546
Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit, floor standing finisher ........................................................... 2548
Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor, floor standing finisher ............... 2550
Front alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher ........................................................................... 2552
Rear alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher ............................................................................ 2554
Upper shield, floor standing finisher ......................................................................................................... 2556
Backpack assembly, floor standing finisher ............................................................................................. 2558
Alphabetical parts list ....................................................................................................................................................... 2560
Numerical parts list ........................................................................................................................................................... 2586
Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2613
ENWW ix
x ENWW
1 Removal and replacement
● For additional service and support
● Removal and replacement strategy
● Service approach
● Removal and replacement procedures
ENWW 1
For additional service and support
AMS
APJ
EMEA
At these locations, find information on the following topics:
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Service advisories
● Warranty and regulatory information
To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.
2 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

Removal and replacement strategy
Introduction
The printer uses a field repair strategy. Defective parts are diagnosed and replaced at the Field Replaceable Unit
(FRU) assembly level. Repair normally begins by using the printer internal diagnostics and the following two-
step process:
1. Isolate the problem to the major system (for example, the network, the server, or the printer).
2. Identify the cause of failures according to the printer troubleshooting service manual and follow the
disassembly procedures to replace the defective parts, or the consumable parts.
IMPORTANT: See the separate Control Panel Message Document (CPMD) for this printer for control-panel
error message descriptions and solutions (also available online).
After locating a faulty part, the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing FRUs. HP does
not support replacement of components on the printed circuit assemblies.
The user replaces supplies (cartridges) as they are depleted. Additional instructions about other user-
replaceable parts are provided in this section.
The printer tracks the amount of use on the customer-replaceable supplies by keeping a page count. The printer
prompts the user to replace certain items when a supply is depleted or a specific number of pages have been
printed.
Swapping supplies between products might cause a misrepresentation of supply life values and is not
recommended.
Considerations during removal and replacement

This chapter describes the FRUs.
Replacing FRUs is generally the reverse of removal. Notes are included to provide directions for difficult or critical
replacement procedures.
HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting at the printed-circuit assembly (PCA)
component level.
WARNING! The sheet-metal parts can have sharp edges. Be careful when handling sheet-metal parts.
Turn the printer off, wait five seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting to service the printer.
If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result as well as damage to the printer. The power must be on for
certain functional checks during troubleshooting. However, the power cord must be disconnected during parts
removal. AC voltage is still present inside the printer when the power switch is in the off position. The power cord
must be disconnected before servicing the printer.
ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 3

CAUTION: Incorrectly routed or loose wire harnesses or flat flexible cables (FFCs) might interfere with other
internal components or assemblies and be damaged, pinched, or frayed. Make sure that wire harnesses are
correctly routed and retained when installing assemblies.
Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation.
Many repair operations will require you to flatten or straighten flex cables. However, try to avoid doing so. Before
inserting the FFC, examine the foil connectors for damage. You must make sure that all FFCs are fully seated in
their connectors. Failure to fully seat an FFC into a connector can cause a short circuit in a PCA or errors when
restarting the printer. FFCs have a line on them that is parallel to the connector body when the FFC is correctly
seated.
NOTE: For some removal and replacement procedures it is necessary to remove the supplies. When the
cartridges are removed, install the cartridge shipping restraint and cap.
TIP: Some figures might show assemblies removed or installed that have not yet been removed or installed at
that specific step. However, the procedures are correct for this printer and the target assembly. Always
thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.
Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length
● #T10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length
● #T10 TORX (thin shaft) driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length
NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.
● #T10 TORX (short haft) driver with a magnetic tip
NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.
● Small flat-blade screwdriver
● Needle-nose pliers
● ESD mat (if one is available) or ESD strap
TIP: If an ESD mat or strap is not available, always touch the sheet metal chassis to create a ground
before touching PCAs or other ESD sensitive assemblies.
● Penlight

Fasteners types
WARNING! Make sure that assemblies are replaced with the correct screw type. Using the incorrect screw (for
example, substituting a long screw for the correct shorter screw) can cause damage to the printer or interfere
with printer operation. Do not intermix screws that are removed from one assembly with the screws that are
removed from another assembly.
NOTE: To install a self-tapping screw, first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern,
and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. If a self-tapping screw hole becomes stripped,
repair the screw hole or replace the affected assembly.
Always take note of the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each removed screw. Make sure that
screws are installed in the original location they were removed from during reinstallation.
Service approach
Before performing service
● Remove all paper from the printer.
● Turn off the power using the power button.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the supplies (optional). If the cartridges are removed, install the cartridge cap.
● Remove the tray(s).
After performing service

● Plug in the power cable.
● Reinstall the supplies (if removed).
● Reinstall the tray cassette(s).
● Load paper in the product.
Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful:
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the printer.
4. Print a Configuration page.
ENWW Service approach 5

5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
7. Clean the outside of the product with a damp cloth.
Copy-quality test (MFP models)

1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Ensure that the input tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. With the power cord attached to the printer, turn on the printer.
4. Verify that the expected start up sounds occur.
5. Print a configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.
6. Place the configuration page in the document feeder or on the flatbed glass.
7. Print a copy job, and then verify the results.
8. Clean the outside of the printer with a damp cloth.
Fax-quality test (fax models)

1. Place the configuration page in the document feeder.
2. Type a valid fax number, and send the fax job.
3. Verify that the send quality and the receive quality meet expectations.
Parts removal order

For procedures and/or steps that require identifying the right, left, or rear side of the printer, face the front of the
printer for correct orientation.

Removal and replacement procedures
Customer self-repair (CSR A) parts and assemblies
Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP PageWide Inkjet printers to reduce repair time. More
information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and
www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.
Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-authorized

service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number, serial number,
printer number, or printer name.
NOTE: Parts listed as CSR A are easy for the customer to remove and then replace them.
Parts listed as CSR B are more difficult and/or require tools for the customer to remove and then replace them.
● Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit
● Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit
● Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit
● Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge
● Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
● Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive)
● Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive)
● Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models)
● Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen M765/E751/P752/P744)
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only)
● Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only)
● Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray
● Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray
ENWW Removal and replacement procedures 7

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit
NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HPR
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
● Step 3: Install the HPR
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the heated pressure roller (HPR) (CSR A).
Click here to visit the HP video library.
IMPORTANT: To remove this assembly, the printer power must be turned on for the first step.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.
HPR kit part number
J7Z09-67997 Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit with instruction guide (110V)
J7Z09-67998 Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit with instruction guide (220V)
Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
Step 1: Remove the HPR
1. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1 Open the left door
2. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the printer.
Figure 1-2 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

3. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer to remove
it.
WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning the printer
power off before removing the HPR.
Figure 1-3 Remove the HPR
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable
gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
Step 3: Install the HPR
1. Position the HPR in the printer, and then push it straight in to install it.
CAUTION: Use two hands when installing the HPR so that it slides straight into the printer without any
side-to-side movement.
Figure 1-4 Install the HPR

2. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly up and into the printer.
Figure 1-5 Rotate the upper paper path assembly up
3. Close the left door.
Figure 1-6 Close the left door

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the printhead wiper
● Step 3: Install the printhead wiper
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the printhead wiper (CSR A).
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: To remove this assembly, the printer power must be turned on for the first step.
Printhead wiper kit part number
A7W93-67080 Printhead wiper kit with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the printhead wiper
A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1. From the printer control panel, do the following:
a. Scroll to, and then select the Settings button.
b. Open the following menus:
– Manage Supplies
c. Select the Replace Printhead Wiper item, and then select the Replace button.

NOTE: Follow the control-panel prompts (with the associated steps below).
d. When prompted, select the Finish button to complete the installation.
2. Open the right door.
Figure 1-7 Open the right door
3. Open the cartridge door.
Figure 1-8 Open the cartridge door

4. Wait for the printhead wiper to eject, and then locate the printhead wiper (callout 1).
Figure 1-9 Locate the printhead wiper
5. Grasp the printhead wiper, and then pull it straight out of the printer.
Figure 1-10 Remove the printhead wiper

Step 3: Install the printhead wiper
A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for single function printer
models.
1. Position the printhead wiper in the printer, and then push it straight in to install it.
Continue to push the printhead wiper into the printer until it begins to move on its own, and then follow the
control panel prompts.
NOTE: Prompts appear on the control-panel display to remove and then reinstall the printhead wiper if it
is not correctly installed.

Figure 1-11 Install the printhead wiper
2. Close the cartridge door.
Figure 1-12 Close the cartridge door

3. Close the right door, and then wait for the printer to verify the replacement printhead wiper installation.
Figure 1-13 Close the right door

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the service fluid container
● Step 3: Install the service fluid container
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the service fluid container (CSR A).
Service fluid container kit part number
A7W93-67081 Service fluid container kit with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the service fluid container

2. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the printer.
Figure 1-15 Pull the service fluid container out

3. At the left side service fluid container mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the open position.
Figure 1-16 Open the blue latch
4. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid container to
the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the service fluid container
(callout 3).
Figure 1-17 Remove the service fluid container
1 3
2

Step 3: Install the service fluid container
1. Position the service fluid container right rail pin in the mounting rail (callout 1/2), and then rotate the left
rail mounting pin down and into the rail (callout 3).

Figure 1-18 Install the service fluid container
2
1
2. At the left side service fluid mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the closed position.
Figure 1-19 Close the blue latch

3. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then push it straight into the printer.
Figure 1-20 Push the service fluid container in

Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge
NOTE: This procedure is for inline finisher printer configurations only.
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge
● Step 3: Install the staple cartridge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple cartridge.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Turn the printer power off
○ Disconnect the power cable.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Staple cartridge part number
J7Z09-67933 Staple cartridge
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
Post service test
Send a (staple) print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge
1. Open the staple cartridge door.
Figure 1-22 Open the door
2. Pull the staple cartridge straight out of the printer to remove it.
TIP: Use your index finger to grasp the top of the cartridge, and then pull it out.
Figure 1-23 Remove the staple cartridge
CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
instructions.
Step 3: Install the staple cartridge
1. Push the staple cartridge straight into of the printer to install it.
TIP: The cartridge makes an audible click when it is fully seated.
Figure 1-24 Install the staple cartridge

2. Close the staple cartridge door.
Figure 1-25 Close the door

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the formatter cage cover
● Step 3: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
● Step 5: Install the eMMC
● Step 6: Install the formatter cage cover
● Step 7: Install the formatter cover
● Step 8: Reinstall the printer firmware
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (765/MFP780/785).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (755/774/779/P7525/P77440/P77940-P77960 series).
instructions.
embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) part number
J7Z04-67908 eMMC (8GB) with instruction guide (752/755/765/E751 models)
Y3Z60-67906 eMMC (16GB) with instruction guide (774/779/P774/P779 models)
Required tools

Post service test
Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify the printer is correctly functioning.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
1. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.
Figure 1-26 Release the formatter cover

2. Lift the cover up to remove it.
Figure 1-27 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the formatter cage cover
CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).
1. Loosen two thumb screws.
NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.
Figure 1-28 Loosen two thumb screws

Figure 1-29 Remove the formatter cage cover
Step 3: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement trusted platform module (TPM), hard disk drive (HDD;
MFPs), eMMC (SFPs), and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer
power on between installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.
CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.
1. Do one of the following:
a. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.
Figure 1-30 Locate the eMMC (1 of 2)

b. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.
2. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.
a. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.
Figure 1-32 Remove the eMMC (1 of 2)

b. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.
NOTE: The smart transducer monitoring system printed circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 1) does not
need to be removed to remove the eMMC PCA.
instructions.

Step 5: Install the eMMC
1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2).
NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 1-34 Align the connectors (1 of 2)
a. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
IMPORTANT: Press on the connector side of the eMMC to make sure it is fully seated in the formatter
connector.

Figure 1-36 Install the eMMC (1 of 2)
b. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
connector.
need to be removed to install the eMMC PCA.
Step 6: Install the formatter cage cover
1. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-38 Install the formatter cage cover
2. Tighten two thumb screws.
Figure 1-39 Tighten two thumb screws
Step 7: Install the formatter cover
1. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-40 Install the formatter cover
2. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.
NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.
Step 8: Reinstall the printer firmware
NOTE: If this installation is a replacement eMMC, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.
1. Go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart.
2. Select Upgrade now.
3. Find your Enterprise printer model.
4. Select the link to open the firmware download page.

5. Select OS Independent from the list of operating systems.
6. Under the Firmware section, find the file for multiple operating systems.
7. Select Download.
NOTE: To view installation instructions, go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart. Select Upgrade now, and then
select How to perform a firmware update.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD)
● Step 5: Install the HDD
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD).
instructions.
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) part numbers
B5L29A 500 GB Secure Hard Disk Drive with instruction guide
5851-6712 320 GB Hard Disk Drive with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test
Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.
Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.


Step 3: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD)
1. Release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-46 Release the HDD

2. Rotate the connector end of the HDD out and away from the formatter (callout 1), and then slide it to the
left (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-47 Remove the HDD
1 2
instructions.
Step 5: Install the HDD
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the HDD cradle mounting
tab must be installed.

Figure 1-48 Locate the slot in the sheet metal
2. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab in the slot in the sheet-metal, slide the HDD to the right (callout 1) to
fully install the tab in the sheet metal, and then rotate the connector end (callout 2) of the HDD toward the
formatter.
Figure 1-49 Install the HDD

3. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2) engages with the
slot in the formatter (it might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it with the slot).
Figure 1-50 Check the HDD connector


NOTE: If this installation is a replacement HDD, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.
7. Select Download.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD)
● Step 5: Install the HDD
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive).
instructions.
Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) part numbers
J7Z09-67952 320 GB Hard Disk Drive (accelerator) with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test


Step 3: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD)
1. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 1-59 Disconnect one connector

instructions.
Step 5: Install the HDD
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the HDD cradle mounting

formatter.

4. Connect one connector.
Figure 1-65 Connect one connector


NOTE: If this installation is a replacement HDD, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.

7. Select Download.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control panel 203 mm 8 in
● Step 3: Install the control panel 203 mm 8 in
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 203 mm (8 in) control panel (MFP models
only) (CSR A).
Control panel 203 mm (8 in) part number
J7Z09-67928 Control panel 203 mm (8 in) with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.
Step 1: Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in)
NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer configuration.
However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher) printer configuration.
1. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-70 Raise the control panel
a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
Figure 1-71 Remove the cover

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
3. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).
NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).
This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is easily dislodged
and lost.
Figure 1-73 Release cables and disconnect connectors

4. Remove two thumbscrews screws.
Figure 1-74 Remove two screws
5. Remove the control panel.
Figure 1-75 Remove the control panel

Step 3: Install the control panel 203 mm (8 in)
NOTE: A left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this procedure.
1. Align the slots in the control panel chassis with the hooks in the scanner chassis to install the control panel.
NOTE: Keyboard models only: Partially pull the keyboard out to make installing the control panel easier.

Figure 1-76 Install the control panel
2. Install two thumbscrews screws.

3. Install the accessory cables (callout 1) and then connect two connectors (callout 2).
NOTE: Keyboard models only: Connect one FFC (callout 3).
This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Close the locking clip. The clip is easily dislodged
and lost.
Reinstallation tip: When the FFC is fully seated, the white line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.
Figure 1-78 Install cables and connect connectors
a. Left mount control panel: Carefully push down on the control-panel bezel to install it.
Figure 1-79 Install the cover

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully push down on the control-panel bezel to install it.
5. Close the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel down.
Figure 1-81 Close the control panel

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen M765/E751/P752/P744)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control panel 109 mm 4.3 in
● Step 3: Install the control panel 109 mm 4.3 in
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 109 mm (4.3 in) control panel (CSR A).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (SFP).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (MFP).
instructions.
NOTE: The images in this guide might appear slightly different than the printer that the control panel is
installed on. However, the removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer model.
Control panels 109 mm (4.3 in) part number
K0Q15-67901 Control panel 109 mm (4.3 in) (765/E751) with instruction guide
Y3Z60-67911 Control panel 109 mm (4.3 in) (P752/P774) with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test
Access the menus by using the printer control panel, and then print a configuration page to make sure that the
printer is functioning correctly.
Step 1: Remove the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in)
NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than this printer. However, the removal
and replacement instructions are correct for this printer.
a. 765/E776/P752: Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.
Figure 1-82 Tilt the control panel up (1 of 2)

b. P774: Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.
Figure 1-83 Tilt the control panel up (2 of 2)
a. 765/E751/P752: Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.
Figure 1-84 Remove the cover (765/E751)

b. P774: Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.
Figure 1-85 Remove the bezel (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
Figure 1-86 Remove one thumbscrew (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)

b. P774: Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).
Figure 1-87 Remove one thumbscrew (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the
back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-88 Release the control panel (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)
2 1

b. P774: Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-89 Release the control panel (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-90 Disconnect two connectors (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)

b. P774: Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).
Figure 1-91 Disconnect two connectors (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Remove the control panel.
Figure 1-92 Remove the control panel (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)

b. P774: Remove the control panel.
Figure 1-93 Remove the control panel (2 of 2) (P774)
instructions.
Step 3: Install the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in)
NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than the printer that the control panel is
installed on. However, the removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer model.

a. 765/E751/P752: Connect two connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-94 Connect two connectors (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)
b. P774: Connect two connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-95 Connect two connectors (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Install the tabs on the front of the control panel in the slots in the printer top cover.

Figure 1-96 Install the tabs (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)
b. 774: Install the tabs on the front of the control panel in the slots in the printer nose cone.
Figure 1-97 Install the tabs (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Lower the back edge of the control panel down (callout 1), and then install one
thumbscrew (callout 2).

Figure 1-98 Install one thumbscrew (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)
b. P774: Lower the back edge of the control panel down (callout 1), and then install one thumbscrew
(callout 2).
Figure 1-99 Install one thumbscrew (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 765/E751/P752: Align the tabs on the front of the control panel cover with the slots in the printer,
and then pivot the cover down to install it.

b. P774: Install the bezel, and then lower the document feeder.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start installing it at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.
Figure 1-101 Install the bezel (P774)

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder rollers
● Step 3: Install the document feeder rollers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder pickup and feed rollers, and
separation pad (MFP models only) (CSR A).
Document feeder roller kit part number
5851-7202 Document feeder roller kit with instruction guide (E776XX/E78X series)
A7W93-67083 Document feeder roller kit with instruction guide (774/779/P77440 and P779XX
series)
Required tools
Post service test
Use the document feeder to make a copy.
Step 1: Remove the document feeder rollers
1. Open the document feeder cover.

Figure 1-102 Open the document feeder cover
2. Rotate the blue locking lever down.
Figure 1-103 Rotate the blue locking lever down

3. Slide the locking lever toward the front of the printer.
Figure 1-104 Slide the locking lever toward the front
4. Slide the roller to the left (callout 1), and then rotate it away from the document feeder to remove it
(callout 2).
Figure 1-105 Remove the pick roller

5. Open the document feeder separation roller cover.
Figure 1-106 Open the separation roller cover
6. Raise the right edge of the separation roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller to the right (callout 2) to
remove it.
Figure 1-107 Remove the separation roller cover

Step 3: Install the document feeder rollers
1. Install the left end of the replacement separation roller into the holder (callout 1), and then press the right
side of the roller down (callout 2).

Figure 1-108 Install the separation roller
1
2
2. Close the roller cover.
Figure 1-109 Close the roller cover

3. Install the tab on the left end of the replacement pick roller assembly into the slot in the document feeder.
Figure 1-110 Install the pick roller
4. Slide the locking lever toward the back of the printer to secure the pick roller.
Figure 1-111 Slide the locking lever toward the back

5. Rotate the pick roller assembly up into the holder (callout 1), and then slide the blue locking lever toward
the back of the printer (callout 2).
Figure 1-112 Rotate the pick roller up and slide the blue locking lever towards the back
2
1
6. Rotate the blue locking lever up.
Figure 1-113 Rotate the blue locking lever up

7. Close the document feeder cover.
Figure 1-114 Close the document feeder cover
8. At the printer control panel, do the following:
● Manage Supplies
● Reset Supplies
c. Select the Document Feeder Kit item, and then select the Reset button.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit
NOTE:
● Depending on printer configuration, Tray 2 might be a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2 or a tandem 500-sheet
A4 Tray 2/3. The procedures for removing and installing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers are similar
for each configuration (differences are noted below).
● The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are
similar to the A3 tray instructions.
● This section also includes instructions for removing and installing rollers in the high-capacity input (HCI)
feeder.
● Use the figures below to identify a printer with an A4 tandem Tray 2/3 (callout 1) or an A3 Tray 2 (callout 2)
configuration
1 2
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers
● Step 2: Remove the HCI left tray rollers
● Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray rollers
● Step 5: Install the HCI right tray rollers
● Step 6: Install the HCI left tray rollers
● Step 7: Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers
(CSR A).

Jump to a task
Use the links below to quickly find a removal or installation procedure.
● Step 1: Remove tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers on page 89
● Step 2: Remove the HCI left tray rollers on page 94
● Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray rollers on page 97
● Step 5: Install the HCI right tray rollers on page 100
● Step 6: Install the HCI left tray rollers on page 103
● Step 7: Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers on page 105
Tray 2 roller kit part number
A7W93-67082 Tray roller kit with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced rollers as the source tray.
Step 1: Remove tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers
A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for single function printers.
This section is for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional 500-sheet
feeder. For the left or right high-capacity input (HCI) feeder rollers, go to Step 2: Remove the HCI left tray rollers
on page 94 or Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray rollers on page 97.

NOTE: The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are
1. Pull the tray out until it stops, slightly lift up, and then slide the tray out of the printer.
NOTE: The tandem A4 Tray 2/3 is shown below. Removing a single A3 Tray 2 is similar.
The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are
Figure 1-115 Remove the tray(s)
2. A4 tandem Tray 2 pickup and feed rollers: Look up into the tray cavity, and locate pickup and feed rollers
(callout 1).
Figure 1-116 Locate the pickup and feed rollers (A4 Tray 2)

3. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 pickup and feed rollers: Look up into the tray cavity, and locate pickup and
feed rollers (callout 1).
Figure 1-117 Locate the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 3)
4. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 2/3 pickup and feed rollers: Squeeze the locking tab on a roller, and then slide
the roller off of the shaft.
NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 only has the far right side rollers.
Figure 1-118 Remove the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 2/3)
5. A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller: Do the following:
a. Look up into the tray cavity, and locate separation roller (callout 1).
NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller is located on the Tray 3 side of the Tray 2/3 divider.

Figure 1-119 Locate the separation roller (A4 Tray 2)
b. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller, and then slide the roller off of the shaft.
Figure 1-120 Remove the separation roller (A4 Tray 2)
6. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 separation roller: Do the following:
a. Open the right door.

b. Open the right door, and then open the separation roller door.
Figure 1-122 Open the separation roller door (A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3)

c. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller off of the shaft (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: To jump to the roller installation procedure, go to Step 7: Install the tray pickup,
feed, and separation rollers on page 105.
Figure 1-123 Remove the separation roller (A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3)
Step 2: Remove the HCI left tray rollers
This section is for the left HCI feeder rollers, for the right side HCI rollers go to Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray
rollers on page 97. For a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional 500-
sheet feeder, go to Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly on page 99.
1. Pull the right tray out of the HCI until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the tray rails, and
then do the following:
NOTE: The HCI right tray must be removed to access the left tray separation roller.
a. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.
b. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.
c. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-124 Remove the HCI right tray
1 1
2 2
2. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the tray rails,
and then do the following:
Figure 1-125 Remove the HCI left tray
1 1
2 2

3. Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of the shaft
(callout 2).
Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of the shaft
(callout 4).
Figure 1-126 Remove the pick and feed rollers
2
3
4. Look up inside the right tray cavity, pinch the tab and then slide the separation roller off of the shaft.
Reinstallation tip: To jump to the roller installation procedure, go to Step 6: Install the HCI left tray rollers
on page 103.
Figure 1-127 Remove the separation roller

Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray rollers
This section is for the right HCI feeder rollers, for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3,
an optional 500-sheet feeder or the left side HCI rollers, go to Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
on page 99.
1. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the tray rails,
NOTE: If the HCI left tray rollers have been replaced, skip this step (the right tray is already removed).
1 1
2 2

2. Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of the shaft
(callout 2).
Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of the shaft
(callout 4).
Figure 1-129 Remove the pick and feed rollers
2
3
3. Open the printer right door.
Figure 1-130 Open the printer right door

4. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).
Figure 1-131 Open the HCI right door
5. Pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the separation roller off of the shaft.
Reinstallation tip: To jump to the roller installation procedure, go to Step 5: Install the HCI right tray rollers
on page 100.

Step 5: Install the HCI right tray rollers
This section is for the right HCI feeder rollers, for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3,
an optional 500-sheet feeder or the left side HCI rollers, go to Step 6: Install the HCI left tray rollers on page 103
or Step 7: Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers on page 105.
1. Pinch the tab, and then slide the replacement separation roller onto the shaft.
NOTE: Make sure that the locking tab secures the roller to the shaft.

Figure 1-133 Install the separation roller
2. Close the HCI right door.
Figure 1-134 Close the HCI right door

3. Close the printer right door.
Figure 1-135 Close the printer right door
4. Look up inside the tray cavity, and then slide the pick roller onto the shaft (callout 1).
Look up inside the tray cavity, and then slide the feed roller onto the shaft (callout 2).
Figure 1-136 Install the pick and feed rollers
1
2

5. Align the left- and right-side rails on the tray with the rails in the HCI, and then slide the tray into the
cabinet.
Figure 1-137 Install the HCI right tray
Step 6: Install the HCI left tray rollers
This section is for the left HCI feeder rollers, for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3,
or an optional 500-sheet feeder go to Step 7: Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers on page 105.
1. Look up inside the right tray cavity, pinch the tab, and then slide the replacement separation roller onto the
shaft.

2. Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab and then slide the pick roller onto the shaft (callout 1).
Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab and then slide the feed roller onto the shaft (callout 2).
Figure 1-139 Install the pick and feed rollers
3. Align the left- and right-side rails on the left tray with the rails in the HCI, and then slide the tray into the
cabinet.
Figure 1-140 Install the HCI left tray

4. Align the left- and right-side rails on the right tray with the rails in the HCI, and then slide the tray into the
cabinet.
Figure 1-141 Install the HCI right tray
Step 7: Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers
A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for single function printers.
This section is for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional 500-sheet
feeder. For the left and right high-capacity input (HCI) feeder rollers, go to Step 2: Remove the HCI left tray rollers
on page 94 or Step 3: Remove the HCI right tray rollers on page 97.
NOTE: The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are
The procedure for installing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are similar to
the A3 tray instructions.
1. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 separation roller: Do the following:
a. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller all of the way onto the shaft
(callout 2).

Figure 1-142 Install the separation roller (A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3)
b. Close the separation roller door, and then close the right door.
Figure 1-143 Close the separation roller door (A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3)
2. A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller: Do the following:
a. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller, and then slide the roller all of the way onto the shaft.
NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller is located on the Tray 3 side of the Tray 2/3 divider.

Figure 1-144 Install the separation roller (A4 Tray 2)
b. Look up into the tray cavity, and make sure that the locking tab secures the roller to the shaft
(callout 1).
Figure 1-145 Verify the separation roller is correctly installed (A4 Tray 2)

3. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 2/3 pickup and feed rollers: Squeeze the locking tab on a roller, and then slide
the roller all of the way onto the shaft.
NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 only has the far right side rollers.
Make sure that the locking tab secures each roller to the shaft.
Figure 1-146 Install the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 2/3)
4. Align the rollers on the tray with the rails in the tray cavity (slightly tilt the front of the tray up), and then
slide the tray into the printer (drop the front of the tray as it is installed)
NOTE: The tandem A4 Tray 2/3 is shown below. Installing a single A3 Tray 2 is similar.
Figure 1-147 Install the tray(s)

● Manage Supplies
● Reset Supplies
c. Select the Tray X Roller Kit item, and then select the Reset button.
NOTE: The list of available firmware counters to reset depends on the printer configuration. Reset
the counter for all roller that have been replaced.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder reflector
● Step 3: Install the document feeder reflector
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder reflector (MFP models only)
(CSR A).
Document feeder reflector part number
J7Z09-67926 Document feeder reflector with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Use the document feeder to make a copy.
Step 1: Remove the document feeder reflector
1. Open the document feeder.

Figure 1-148 Open the document feeder
2. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the tabs that fasten the reflector to the document feeder.
Figure 1-149 Locate the reflector tabs

3. Starting along the top edge of the reflector, carefully pull it away from the document feeder to release it.
Figure 1-150 Release the reflector
4. Remove the reflector.
Figure 1-151 Remove the reflector

5. Check the document feeder for any reflector tabs (callout 1) that were not removed with the reflector.
Remove any tabs still attached to the document feeder.
Figure 1-152 Check the document feeder left over reflector tabs

Step 3: Install the document feeder reflector
1. Install nine clips (provided in the kit) into the mounting holes in document feeder.
TIP: The clips make an audible click when they are snapped into place.
Figure 1-153 Install the clips

2. Peel the protective backing off of the adhesive pads on each clip.
IMPORTANT: Do not touch the exposed sticky side of the adhesive pad after removing the protective
backing.
Figure 1-154 Peel the protective backing off of the adhesive pads
3. Place the reflector on the scanner glass. Make sure that the rear and left edge of the reflector are aligned
with the rear and left edge of the scanner glass.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the embossed arrow on the reflector is orientated to the bottom-left corner.
Figure 1-155 Place the reflector on the scanner glass

4. Close the document feeder.
Figure 1-156 Close the document feeder
5. Push down on it to adhere the reflector to the mounting clips.
Figure 1-157 Push down on the document feeder

6. Open the document feeder, and then push in on the nine reflector tabs to make sure they are fully adhered
to the reflector.
IMPORTANT: Peel the protective plastic sheet off of the reflector.
Figure 1-158 Check the reflector install

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI left tray
● Step 3: Install the HCI left tray
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder
left tray.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one tray at a time.
Do not use paper trays as a step.
Keep hands out of paper trays when closing.
All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
HCI 4000-sheet feeder left tray part numbers
A7W97-67008 HCI left tray
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer and use the replaced tray as the paper source.

Step 1: Remove the HCI left tray
1. Pull the left tray out of the HCI until it stops.
Figure 1-159 Pull the left tray out
2. Locate the left and right retention levers (callout 1) on the tray rails, and then do the following:
b. Push up and hold the right-side lever up to release it.
Figure 1-160 Release and remove the HCI tray
1 1
2 2

Step 3: Install the HCI left tray
1. Engage the rails on the tray with the sliding rails on the HCI.

Figure 1-161 Engage the tray rails
2. Close the left HCI tray.
IMPORTANT: Self-sticking tray number inserts are included in this kit. Select the correct insert for the
replacement tray, peel the protective backing off the insert, and then adhere the insert to the replacement
tray.
Figure 1-162 Close the tray

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI right tray
● Step 3: Install the HCI right tray
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder
right tray.
Do not use paper trays as a step.
HCI 4000-sheet feeder right tray part numbers
A7W97-67012 HCI right tray
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the HCI right tray
1. Pull the right tray out of the HCI until it stops.
1 1
2 2

Step 3: Install the HCI right tray
1. Engage the rails on the tray with the sliding rails on the HCI.

Figure 1-165 Engage the tray rails
2. Close the right HCI tray.
IMPORTANT: Self-sticking tray number inserts are included in this kit. Select the correct insert for the
replacement tray, peel the protective backing off the insert, and then adhere the insert to the replacement
tray.
Figure 1-166 Close the tray

Customer self-repair (CSR B) parts and assemblies
Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP PageWide Inkjet printers to reduce repair time. More
information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and
www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number, serial number,
printer number, or printer name.
NOTE: Parts listed as CSR A are easy for the customer to remove and then replace them.
Parts listed as CSR B are more difficult and/or require tools for the customer to remove and then replace them.
● Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
● Step 3: Install the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers (CSR B).
Tray 1 roller kit part number
A7W93-67039 Tray 1 roller kit with instruction guide
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced rollers as the source tray.
Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
1. Open Tray 1.

Figure 1-167 Open Tray 1
2. Locate the roller cover, and then rotate the bottom of the cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-168 Remove the roller cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide pickup roller off of the shaft (callout 2).
TIP: If the tab is not visible, rotate the roller.
Figure 1-169 Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller

5. Before proceeding, take note of the locking tab (callout 1) on the Tray 1 separation roller.
Figure 1-171 Tray 1 separation roller tab
6. Reach up under the left door assembly, pinch the locking tab (callout 1) on the Tray 1 separation roller, and
then slightly slide the roller away from the printer to release it (callout 2).
Figure 1-172 Release the Tray 1 separation roller

7. With the roller released, push down on it from the Tray 1 side (callout 1), and then continue to slide it off of
the shaft to remove it (callout 2).
Figure 1-173 Remove the Tray 1 separation roller
8. Slide the torque limiter off of the shaft to remove it.
Figure 1-174 Remove the torque limiter

Step 3: Install the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
1. Slide the torque limiter onto the shaft to install it.

Figure 1-175 Install the torque limiter
2. Start the separation roller onto the shaft (from under the left door assembly), push down on it from the
Tray 1 side (callout 1), and then continue to slide it on of the shaft (callout 2) to install it.
Reinstallation tip: If the roller does not slide all of the way onto the shaft, make sure the torque limiter
(installed earlier) is fully seated.
Figure 1-176 Install the Tray 1 separation roller

3. Continue to slide the roller onto the shaft until the locking tab snaps onto the shaft.
Figure 1-177 Slide the Tray 1 separation roller onto the shaft
4. Verify that the Tray 1 separation roller is correctly installed. When the roller is correctly installed, there is an
equal amount of space on both sides of the roller when it is viewed from the Tray 1 side of the printer.
Figure 1-178 Verify that the Tray 1 separation roller is correctly installed

6. Slide pickup roller onto the shaft (callout 1). Continue to slide the roller onto the shaft until the locking tab
snaps onto the shaft.
Figure 1-180 Install the Tray 1 pickup roller

7. Position the top edge of the roller cover on the printer, and then rotate the bottom of the cover down
toward the printer to install it.
Figure 1-181 Remove the roller cover
8. Close Tray 1.
Figure 1-182 Close Tray 1
● Manage Supplies
● Reset Supplies
c. Select the Tray 1 Roller Kit item, and then select the Reset button.

Field replaceable units (FRUs)
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper add-on cover
● Removal and replacement: Upper front door
● Removal and replacement: Formatter cover
● Removal and replacement: Formatter cage cover
● Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) cover
● Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel)
● Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel)
● Removal and replacement: Cartridge door
● Removal and replacement: Front tower cover
● Removal and replacement: Right tower cover
● Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover
● Removal and replacement: Lower front cover
● Removal and replacement: Rear cover
● Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP)
● Removal and replacement: Left door
● Removal and replacement: Right door
● Removal and replacement: Standard output bin
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges
● Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP)
● Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA)
● Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly

Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front tower cover
● Step 2: Remove the conditioner top front cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner top front cover (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.
Conditioner top front cover part number
J7Z09-67994 Conditioner top front cover
Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the front tower cover
a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-183 Open the doors
b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

2. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.
NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).
Figure 1-185 Release two tabs
3. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge away from the
printer (callout 2).
Figure 1-186 Release the front tower cover

4. Remove the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 2: Remove the conditioner top front cover
1. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and away from
the printer to release it. Remove the cover.
Figure 1-188 Remove the blank cover

2. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.
3. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.
Figure 1-190 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

4. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the conditioner rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner rear cover (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Conditioner rear cover part number
J7Z09-67995 Conditioner rear cover
Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.
Figure 1-192 Remove four screws
2. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.
Figure 1-193 Open the rear access covers

3. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.
Figure 1-194 Release the latches
4. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it (callout 2).
Figure 1-195 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the conditioner rear cover
1. Remove one screw.
NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-196 Remove one screw
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1) and the center
alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 3).
Figure 1-197 Remove the conditioner rear cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the conditioner right cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner right cover (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Bridge right cover part number
J7Z09-67987 Conditioner right cover
Required tools
Post service test








Step 5: Remove the conditioner right cover
1. Before proceeding, note the location of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.
Figure 1-213 Locations of tabs and pins on the cover

3. Open the right door. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then continue
rotating the cover (callout 2/3) to remove it.
NOTE: The bridge is shown removed in the following figure. However, it does not need to be removed to
remove the cover.
2 1
3

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the conditioner left upper trim
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner left upper trim (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner left upper trim part number
J7Z09-67992 Conditioner left upper trim
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the conditioner left upper trim

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the left upper trim (callout 2).
Figure 1-217 Remove the left upper trim

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper add-on cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner left upper add-on cover (floor
standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner left upper add-on cover part number
J7Z09-67993 Conditioner left upper add-on cover
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover (callout 2).
Figure 1-219 Remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Upper front door
NOTE: This procedure is only for floor standing finisher printer configurations.
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the upper front door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper front door.
instructions.
Upper front door number
J7Z09-67986 Upper front door
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the upper front door
This procedure is only for floor standing finisher printer configurations.
NOTE: This procedure is only for floor standing finisher printer configurations.
1. Open the upper front door.

Figure 1-220 Open the upper front door
2. Grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to release them.
NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.
Figure 1-221 Release the door hinges

3. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2).
Figure 1-222 Slide the hinges out of the brackets
2
1
4. Remove the door assembly.
Figure 1-223 Remove the assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter cover.
instructions.
Formatter cover part number
J7Z09-67935 Formatter cover
Required tools
Post service test


instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter cage cover.
instructions.
Formatter cage cover part number
J7Z09-67937 Formatter cage cover
Required tools
Post service test


instructions.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the SCB cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB) cover.
instructions.
Scanner control board (SCB) cover part number
J7Z09-67917 Scanner control board (SCB) cover (printer with an inline finisher)
J7Z09-67923 Scanner control board (SCB) cover (printer without an inline finisher)
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the SCB cover
Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer configuration. However,
the procedure is correct for this assembly.
1. Remove two screws.
2. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.
NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the printer.
Figure 1-229 Release the cover
3. Release two tabs.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the keyboard
● Step 4: Remove the nose cone (left control panel)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the nose cone (left control panel).
Click here to view a video of this procedure(780/785).
Click here to view a video of this procedure(774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 serides; large touchscreen).
Click here to view a video of this procedure(774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 serides; small touchscreen).
instructions.
Nose cone (left control panel) part number
J7Z09-67914 Nose cone (left control panel) (785/E776)
Y3Z60-67907 Nose cone (left control panel) (P774)
Required tools
● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

Post service test
NOTE: This step is for P774 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 2: Remove the control
panel 203 mm (8 in) on page 183.
1. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.
Figure 1-230 Tilt the control panel up

2. Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.
Figure 1-231 Remove the bezel
3. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).
Figure 1-232 Remove one thumbscrew

4. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the printer (callout
2) to release it.
Figure 1-233 Release the control panel
5. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-234 Disconnect two connectors

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 3: Remove
the keyboard on page 186.


and lost.

Step 3: Remove the keyboard
NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 4: Remove the
nose cone (left control panel) on page 187.
NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However,
the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer configuration.
1. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its extended
position.
Figure 1-242 Pull the keyboard out

2. Remove eight screws.
Figure 1-243 Remove eight screws
3. Remove the keyboard and rails.
Figure 1-244 Remove the keyboard and rails
Step 4: Remove the nose cone (left control panel)
NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer configuration.
However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.
a. 785/E776: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.
NOTE: The ground screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-245 Release the USB PCA (1 of 2) (785/E776)
b. P774: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.
Figure 1-246 Release the USB PCA (2 of 2) (P774)
a. 785/E776: Remove five screws.

Figure 1-247 Remove five screws (785/E776)
b. P774: Remove four screws.
Figure 1-248 Remove four screws (P774)
a. 785/E776: Remove nine screws.
NOTE: One of these screws requires a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a #10 TORX
thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-249 Remove nine screws (785/E776)
b. P774: Remove ten screws.
NOTE: Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.
Figure 1-250 Remove ten screws (P744)

4. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it (785/E776 shown below).
NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when removing it.
Figure 1-251 Remove the cover (785/E776 shown)


Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the nose cone (center control panel).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (MFP, large center touchscreen).
Nose cone (center control panel) part number
J7Z09-67915 Nose cone (center control panel)
Required tools
Post service test


and lost.

nose cone (center control panel) on page 198.
position.


Step 3: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
1. Wireless models only, do the following:
CAUTION: The WiFi PCA is still connected to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to completely
remove the PCA yet.
a. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.
Figure 1-261 Release the WiFi PCA

b. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.
Figure 1-262 Remove the WiFi PCA
2. Release two tabs (callout 1), rotate the document feeder locking clip up (callout 2), and secure it in the
raised position with two tabs (callout 3).
Figure 1-263 Release the USB PCA

3. Remove four screws.
4. Remove six screws.
NOTE: Two of these screws require a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin
shaft driver.
Figure 1-265 Remove six screws

5. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it.


Removal and replacement: Cartridge door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the cartridge door
NOTE: This assembly is also called the conditioner supply access door.
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the cartridge door.
instructions.
Cartridge door part number
A7W93-67066 Cartridge door
J7Z09-67985 Conditioner cartridge door (floor standing finisher models)
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the cartridge door
2. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of the door to
release it.
Figure 1-268 Release the left side retainer

3. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of the door
to release it.
Figure 1-269 Release the right side retainer
4. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-270 Remove the cartridge door

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front tower cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front tower cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (755/765/774/779/780/785).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (785z+/E77650z+/E77660z+/P77940dn+).
instructions.
Front tower cover part number
A7W93-67004 Front tower cover
Required tools
Post service test



instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right tower cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right tower cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right tower cover.
instructions.
Right tower cover part number
A7W93-67003 Right tower cover
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the right tower cover

2. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the cover
(callout 2) to remove it.
NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.
Figure 1-277 Remove the right tower cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the middle internal front cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the middle internal front cover.
instructions.
Middle internal front cover part number
A7W93-67065 Middle internal front cover
Required tools
Post service test

release it.

to release it.

2. Release two tabs (callout 1).

2
1
Step 3: Remove the middle internal front cover
1. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:
For all other printers, go to step 2.
a. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to release them.

b. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove the door.
Figure 1-287 Slide the hinges out of the brackets and remove the door
2
1

2. Remove five screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-288 Remove five screws
3. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release one tab.
Figure 1-289 Release one tab

4. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to release it
(callout 2).
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to
completely remove the cover.
1
2
5. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the cover.
Figure 1-291 Remove the middle internal front cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the lower front cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lower front cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (765/780/785).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (785z+/E77650z+/E77660z=/P77940dn+).
instructions.
Lower front cover part number
A7W93-67075 Lower front cover
Required tools

Post service test
release it.

to release it.


2
1

2
1


(callout 2).
1
2
Step 4: Remove the lower front cover
1. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.
Figure 1-306 Remove the hinge connecting bar
3. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).
NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single A3 Tray 2 is
identical.

4. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.
Figure 1-308 Locate the cover lock feature
5. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.
Figure 1-309 Pull the locking lever out

6. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.
Figure 1-310 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge
7. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the remaining
cover lock (see step 4).
CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower front cover
when it is removed.
Figure 1-311 Verify that the lock shaft is released

8. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).
1 1
Figure 1-313 Remove the front lower cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear cover.
instructions.
Rear cover part number
J7Z09-67938 Rear cover
Required tools
Post service test



instructions.

Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the control-panel bezel (MFP).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (MFP, large center touchscreen).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (MFP, large left touchscreen).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (MFP, small touchscreen).
instructions.
Control-panel bezels (MFP) part number
J7Z09-67905 Control-panel bezel (left control panel) (785/E776)
J7Z09-67904 Control-panel bezel (center control panel) (780/P779)
Y3Z60-67908 Control-panel bezel (left control panel) (P774)
Required tools

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel

a. Center mounted control panel (780/P779): Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
Figure 1-319 Remove the bezel (1 of 3) (780/P779)
b. Left mounted control panel (785/E776): Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
Figure 1-320 Remove the bezel (2 of 3) (785/E776)

c. P744: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
Figure 1-321 Remove the bezel (3 of 3) (P744)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left door
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate
● Step 3: Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension
● Step 5: Remove the left door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left door assembly.
instructions.
Left door part number
A7W93-67033 Left door
Required tools

Post service test

Step 2: Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate
NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.
1. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to remove it.

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables through
the openings in the formatter cage.
Figure 1-327 Disconnect connectors

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables through the
openings in the formatter cage.
3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.
When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.
5. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away from the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on the
formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-331 Release the formatter cage and back plate

6. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.
Figure 1-332 Remove the formatter cage and back plate
Step 3: Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover
NOTE: This step is for an inline finisher or floor standing printer configuration. For all other models, skip this
step and go to Step 5: Remove the left door on page 255.
1. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Open the staple cartridge door.
Figure 1-333 Open the staple cartridge door
a. Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove one screw.

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Remove one screw.

3. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.
Figure 1-336 Locations of the tabs on the cover
a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer
(callout 1) to release the middle inner tabs, and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 2).

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the
printer to release the two tabs (callout 1) and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the
cover to the right to remove it (callout 3).
3
1
Step 4: Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension
NOTE: This step is only for printers with an inline finisher installed. For all other models, skip this step and go to
Step 5: Remove the left door on page 255.
1. Open the printer left door, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the black plastic door trim
(callout 2).

2. Remove two screws, and then remove the sheet-metal retainer plate (callout 2).
1
2
3. Support the extension/diverter assembly, and then remove two screws.

4. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.
5. Lift up on the cover to remove it.
Step 5: Remove the left door
1. Disconnect two FFCs (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.
TIP: The FFCs are labeled Left Door 1 and Left Door 2.

Figure 1-344 Disconnect two FFCs
2. Optional step: If a replacement left door is being installed, remove the ferrite from the FFCs. If the door is
being removed to gain access to another assembly, skip this step.
NOTE: Set this part aside, it needs to be installed on the replacement assembly.
Figure 1-345 Remove the ferrite

3. Release two FFCs (callout 1) from the guide.
TIP: It might be easier to release the FFCs by starting at the lower right side, where the FFCs fold to make
a 90 degree turn.
Figure 1-346 Release two FFCs

5. Locate the retention strap at the bottom of the door. Flex the back side of the strap down and over the pin
on the door to release it.
Figure 1-348 Release the door retention strap
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).

7. Open the left door far enough that the two drive motors (callout 1) can clear the chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-350 Fully open the left door
1 2
8. Slightly flex the corner of the left door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to remove it
(callout 2).
Figure 1-351 Remove the left door
2
1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right door
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the right door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door assembly.
instructions.
Right door part number
A7W93-67024 Right door
Required tools
Post service test
Check the control-panel display for error messages that indicate that the temperature/humidity sensor is not
correctly functioning.


Step 2: Remove the right door


3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the right door strap.
Figure 1-358 Remove right door strap
4. Remove one screw (callout 1).
NOTE: This is the gold screw on the top sheet-metal hinge.

5. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite
(callout 2) from the holder.
Figure 1-360 Disconnect two FFCs and release the ferrite
6. Release the FFCs from the guide.
Figure 1-361 Release the FFCs

7. Slightly flex the corner of the right door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to remove it
(callout 2) from the hinges.
Figure 1-362 Remove the right door
8. Optional step: If a replacement right door is installed, remove the retention strap (callout 1).
Figure 1-363 Remove the retention strap

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the standard output bin
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the standard output bin.
instructions.
Standard output bin part number
A7W93-67048 Standard output bin
A7W93-67072 Standard output bin light (LED module)
J7Z09-67028 Inner bin (floor standing finisher printers only)
Required tools

Post service test




release it.
to release it.


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2

Step 5: Remove the standard output bin
NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the figures in this
section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.
a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and away
from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.
d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

e. Remove three screws.
NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.
Figure 1-385 Remove three screws
f. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.
Figure 1-386 Remove the bridge assembly
g. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.
Special installation instructions: Bridge assembly
▲ Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-387 Install the bridge assembly
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-388 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws
2
1

3. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.
NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.
Figure 1-389 Remove the flaps
4. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of the printer
(callout 2).
1
2

5. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-391 Remove the output bin
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Standard output bin
a. If a replacement output bin is installed, carefully remove the LED module (callout 1) from the
discarded output bin, and then install it on the replacement output bin.
NOTE: The FFC (callout 2) is adhered to the output bin with two-sided tape.
Figure 1-392 Remove the LED module

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.
Figure 1-393 Locate the mounting rail (output bin)
c. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.
Figure 1-394 Locate the mounting rail (printer)

d. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.
Figure 1-395 Align the mounting rails
e. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so that the
inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-396 Slide the output bin about half way in

f. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages the
slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-397 Engage the inner clip
g. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.
IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the printer.
Figure 1-398 Install the output bin

h. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed, these
tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.
IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require pushing in on
the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—most likely the output
bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting rail.
NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.
Figure 1-399 Check the output bin installation

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (780/785).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 series).
instructions.
Document feeder part number
J7Z09-67929 Document feeder (non-flow; 780/E776)
J7Z09-67930 Document feeder (flow; 785/E776)
Y3Z60-67903 Document feeder (P774/P779)
Required tools

Post service test
Make a copy using the document feeder.

Step 2: Remove the document feeder
The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for
an inline finisher printer configuration.
a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one connector
(callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).
CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip on these
connectors is easily dislodged and lost.
Figure 1-402 Remove one screw and disconnect connector and FFCs (780/785/E776)
1 2

b. P744/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect two flat-
flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).
Figure 1-403 Remove one screw and disconnect FFCs (P744/P779)
a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.
Figure 1-404 Remove two screws (1 of 2) (780/785/E776)

b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.
Figure 1-405 Remove two screws (2 of 2) (P774/P779)
3. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each hinge.
Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body (on the
scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).
NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.
Figure 1-406 Release the document feeder

4. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the hole in the
scanner cover to remove the document feeder.
NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer configuration.
However, this step is correct for this assembly.
Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement reflector.
Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 1-407 Remove the document feeder

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder hinges
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder hinges.
instructions.
Document feeder hinges part number
J7Z09-67931 Document feeder hinges
Required tools
Post service test
Make a copy using the document feeder.


1 2



Step 3: Remove the document feeder hinges
▲ Remove four screws, and then remove the hinge.
Figure 1-416 Remove the hinge

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control panel (SFP small touchscreen)
● Step 3: Remove the top cover (SFP)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top cover (SFP).
instructions.
Top cover (SFP) part number
J7Z04-67904 Top cover (SFP)
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the control panel (SFP small touchscreen)
2. Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.

3. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1)
2) to release it.
2 1



Step 3: Remove the top cover (SFP)
1. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.
NOTE: These screws are captive.

2. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), pass the wire harness and cables through the slot in the formatter
cage, and then release them from the guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-428 Disconnect four connectors

3. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws and retainers.
Figure 1-429 Remove two screws and retainers
TIP: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

5. Slightly lift up the rear edge of the cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer to release it.
NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cable through the opening in the cover.

7. Remove nine screws (callout 1/2).
NOTE: Some of these screws (callout 1) require a #20 TORX driver.
Figure 1-433 Remove nine screws
1
8. Lift up on the bottom portion of the cover to remove it.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA)
● Introduction
● Step 9: Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover
● Step 10: Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the sub scanner assembly (SSA).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 series; small touchscreen).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 series; large touchscreen).
instructions.
Sub scanner assembly (SSA) part numbers
J7Z09-67932 Sub scanner assembly (SSA) (780/785/E776)
Y3Z60-67904 Sub scanner assembly (SSA) (P774/P779)
Required tools
Post service test
Make a copy using the flatbed glass and the document feeder.


2) to release it.

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776/P779 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 3:
Remove the keyboard on page 322.


and lost.

nose cone (left control panel) on page 324 or Step 5: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
on page 328.
position.


NOTE: This step is for printers with a left mounted control panel printer configuration. For a center mounted
control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to Step 5: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
on page 328.


thin shaft driver.


NOTE: This step is for printers with a center mounted control panel printer configuration. For a left mounted
control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the SCB cover on page 332.
remove the PCA yet.



shaft driver.


1 2





Step 9: Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover
NOTE: This step is for an inline finisher or floor standing printer configuration. For all others skip this step and
go to Step 10: Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA) on page 341.
1. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Open the staple cartridge door.

a. Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove one screw.

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Remove one screw.
3. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.
a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer
(callout 1) to release the middle inner tabs, and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 2).

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the
printer to release the two tabs (callout 1) and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the
cover to the right to remove it (callout 3).
3
1
Step 10: Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA)
NOTE: The figures in the following procedure show both the no inline finisher printer configuration and the
inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for both printer configurations.
a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

Figure 1-481 Disconnect three connectors and remove one screw
b. P774/P779: Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
NOTE: The connector (callout 2) is located behind the middle FFC.
Figure 1-482 Disconnect three FFCs and one connector

2. 780/785/E776 only: Pull up on the ferrite to release it.
NOTE: The ferrite is not captive when the flat-flexible cable is disconnected.
TIP: Release a tab on the back side of the ferrite holder.
Figure 1-483 Release one ferrite
3. 780/785/E776 only: Disconnect one FFC.
CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector is easily
dislodged and lost.
Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can easily slip off
and be damaged.
Figure 1-484 Disconnect one FFC

a. 780/785/E776: Pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 1) straight out of the SSA to remove it.
Figure 1-485 Remove the SCB (1 of 2) (780/785/E776)
b. P774/P779: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then pull the
scanner control board (SCB) (callout 3) straight out of the SSA to remove it
Figure 1-486 Remove the SCB (2 of 2) (P774/P779)
3
1

NOTE: The thumb screws are captive.
a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect six connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness and cables
from the guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-488 Disconnect the connectors (1 of 2) (780/785/E776)

b. P774/P779: Disconnect five connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness and cables from
the guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-489 Disconnect the connectors (2 of 2) (P774/P779)
7. Pass the cables through the openings in the formatter cage, and then remove one retainer.
Figure 1-490 Remove the retainer

8. Optional step: Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the printer) to make
more room for the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.
Figure 1-491 Remove the SCB HDMI cable
9. For a no inline finisher printer configuration, go to No inline finisher printer configuration on page 347.
For an inline or floor standing finisher printer configuration, go to Inline and floor standing finisher printer
configuration on page 348.
No inline finisher printer configuration
a. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
TIP: Two of these screws (callout 2) require a #20 TORX driver.

b. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up and off of
the printer.
NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis.
Figure 1-493 Remove the SSA
Inline and floor standing finisher printer configuration
a. Inline finisher configuration only: Raise the SSA, use the locking arm to secure it, and then remove one
screw to release the locking arm.
Carefully lower the SSA.
Figure 1-494 Release the locking arm (P774/P779)

b. Do one of the following:
1. Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove two screws, and then remove the hinge clips.
Figure 1-495 Remove two screws and clips
2. Floor standing finisher printer configuration: Remove two black-plastic retainer clips.
Figure 1-496 Remove two retainer clips

c. Lift the SSA straight up and off of the printer.
NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis (inline finisher
configuration shown below) or retainer (floor standing finisher configuration not shown).
10. Optional step: If needed, do the following and use the figures in this step as a reference for installing a
replacement wire harness and cables.
a. On the bottom of the SSA remove the SCB shelf (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide cover
(callout 2).
Figure 1-498 Remove the SCB shelf the cable guide cover (780/785/E776)
2
1

Figure 1-499 Remove the SCB shelf the cable guide cover (P774/P779)

b. Note the correct wire harness and cable installation.
Figure 1-500 Correct wire harness and cable installation (780/785/E776)
Figure 1-501 Correct wire harness and cable installation (P774/P779)

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the spacer assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the spacer assembly.
NOTE: The spacer assembly is only for printer models with no inline finisher.
instructions.
Spacer assembly part numbers
J7Z09-67924 Spacer assembly (780/785/E776)
Y3Z60-67909 Spacer assembly (P774/P779)
Required tools
Post service test


2) to release it.



and lost.

nose cone (left control panel) on page 363.
position.




thin shaft driver.



1 2







dislodged and lost.
Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can easily slip of
and be damaged.

3
1



8. Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the printer) to make more room for
the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.
9. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

10. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up and off of the
printer.
Step 8: Remove the spacer assembly
1. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw.

2. Open the left door and the cartridge door.
NOTE: Spread these tabs to release them (do not pinch).

printer (callout 2) to remove the cover.
2
1


8. Remove five screws.
9. P774/P779 only: Remove one screw.
Figure 1-557 Remove one screw (P774/P779)

10. Lift the spacer assembly straight up and off of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-558 Remove the spacer assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (front access)
● Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly
● Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor
● Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge)
● Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor
● Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect
● Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover
● Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge)
● Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly
● Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge)
● Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover
● Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED
● Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover
● Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner)
● Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling
● Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower
● Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower
● Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly
● Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge
● Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge
● Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly
● Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly
● Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly
● Removal and replacement: Feed shaft
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
● Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor

Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the bridge assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge assembly (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Bridge assembly part number
J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly
Required tools
Post service test





Step 3: Remove the bridge assembly
1. Remove three screws.

2. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.
▲ Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when installing
the bridge assembly.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the bridge REDI sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge reflective edge detection interrupter
(REDI) sensor (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Bridge REDI sensor part number
J7Z09-67007 REDI sensor (bridge)
Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver (optional)

Post service test






Step 4: Remove the bridge REDI sensor
1. Pull the green handle out to release the bridge tray, and the raise the tray to upright locked position.
Figure 1-583 Release and raise the bridge tray
2. Use one hand to support the tray, and then remove the REDI sensor cover.
TIP: It might be easier to release the cover by using a small flat-blade screwdriver.
Figure 1-584 Remove the REDI sensor cover

3. Remove one screw to release the sensor, disconnect one connector, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 1-585 Remove the REDI sensor
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the distribution PCA (bridge)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the printed circuit assembly (PCA; bridge) (floor
instructions.
Distribution PCA (bridge) part number
J7Z09-67003 Distribution PCA, bridge
Required tools

Post service test
NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.






Step 4: Remove the distribution PCA (bridge)
1. Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 1-598 Remove the PCA cover
2. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove two screws, and then remove the PCA.
Reinstallation tip: This PCA has seven flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one wire harness
Figure 1-599 Remove the PCA

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the bridge jam access sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge jam access sensor (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Bridge jam access sensor) part number
J7Z09-67006 Bridge jam access sensor
Required tools

Post service test






Step 4: Remove the bridge jam access sensor
2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one clip (callout 2), and then remove the sensor.
Figure 1-613 Remove the sensor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the bridge electrical interconnect
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge electrical interconnect (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Bridge electrical interconnect part number
J7Z09-67005 Bridge electrical interconnect
Required tools

Post service test






Step 4: Remove the bridge electrical interconnect
2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC; callout 2) and pass
the FFC through the ferrite to release it.
Figure 1-627 Disconnect one connector and one FFC
1 3

4. Remove the bridge electrical interconnect.
NOTE: Slide the bracket out from under the FFC guide when removing it.
Figure 1-629 Remove the bridge electrical interconnect

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the bridge front cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge front cover (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Bridge front cover part number
J7Z09-67990 Bridge front cover
Required tools

Post service test






Step 4: Remove the bridge front cover
1. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.
Figure 1-642 Pull the green handle out
Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use these screws
when installing the cover.

3. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away
from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the supply illumination LED (bridge)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the supply illumination LED (bridge) (floor
instructions.
Supply illumination LED (bridge) part number
J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (bridge)
Required tools

Post service test
NOTE: This does not test the LED, but does make sure that the bridge was correctly installed.







Step 5: Remove the supply illumination LED (bridge)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the supply
illumination bridge LED.
Figure 1-660 Remove the supply illumination LED (bridge)
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the calendar roller assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the calendar roller assembly (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Calendar roller assembly part number
J7Z09-67027 Calendar roller assembly
Required tools

Post service test







Step 5: Remove the calendar roller assembly
1. Use the green handle to open the bridge jam access door.

Figure 1-676 Open the bridge jam access door
2. Remove two screws, and the bearing cap and gear.
CAUTION: The bearing inside the cap is not captive. Do not lose the bearing when the cap is removed.
Take note of the bearing orientation in the cap when it is removed.
Figure 1-677 Remove the bearing cap

3. Remove the bearing and gear.
NOTE: It might be easier to remove the gear by using a small flat-blade screwdriver.
Figure 1-678 Remove the bearing and gear
4. Push in on the rear roller bearing to release it (callout 1), and then rotate the roller towards the jam access
door (callout 2).
Figure 1-679 Release the rear roller bearing

5. Remove the calendar roller assembly.
CAUTION: When installing a replacement roller, avoid touching the roller surface.
Figure 1-680 Remove the calendar roller assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the front-right support cover (bridge)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front-right support cover (bridge) (floor
instructions.
Front-right support cover (bridge) part number
J7Z09-67996 Front-right support cover (bridge)
Required tools

Post service test







Step 5: Remove the front-right support cover (bridge)

3. Slide the cover away from the bridge to remove it.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the bridge right cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right cover (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Right cover part number
J7Z09-67988 Right cover
Required tools

Post service test








Step 6: Remove the bridge right cover

2. Look up inside the bridge cavity, and then release two tabs (callout 1).

3. Rotate the top of the cover away from the bridge, and then remove the cover.
Figure 1-719 Remove the bridge right cover
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the bridge jam clear LED
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge jam clear LED (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Bridge jam clear LED part number
J7Z09-67020 Bridge jam clear LED
Required tools

Post service test










Step 7: Remove the bridge jam clear LED
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw, and then remove the LED assembly.

Figure 1-741 Remove the bridge jam clear LED
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the calendar motor assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the calendar motor assembly (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Calendar motor assembly part number
J7Z09-67027 Calendar motor assembly
Required tools

Post service test










Step 7: Remove the calendar motor assembly
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC; callout 1), and then pass the FFC through the ferrite to release it.


3. Slightly rotate the assembly (callout 1) toward the bridge tray, and then push it into the bridge cavity
(callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-765 Release the assembly
4. Slightly rotate the assembly (callout 1) toward the bridge tray, and then push it into the bridge cavity
(callout 2) to release it.
Reinstallation tip: There are two sheet-metal tabs on the assembly that fit into slots in the bridge chassis
when the assembly is correctly installed.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner left-front inner cover (floor
standing finisher printers; engine).
instructions.
Conditioner left-front inner cover part number
J7Z09-67989 Conditioner left-front inner cover
Required tools
Post service test





Step 3: Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
Reinstallation tip: Two of these screws (callout 1) are shorter that the other (callout 2). Make sure that all
of the screws are replaced in the correct position when the cover is reinstalled.
2
1

2. Slightly flex the corner of the front inner-right cover to move it out of the way, and then remove the
conditioner left-front inner cover.
Figure 1-777 Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
Special installation instructions: Conditioner left-front inner cover
a. Make sure that the tab on the conditioner left-front inner cover is seated in the slot on the front inner-
right cover.
Figure 1-778 Install the tab in the slot

b. When correctly installed, the top edges of the conditioner left-front inner and inner right covers are
aligned. If the covers are not aligned, check the tab and slot (see previous special installation
instruction).
Figure 1-779 Check the cover installation
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner inner HPR cover (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner inner HPR cover part number
J7Z09-67991 Conditioner inner HPR cover
Required tools

Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly..






Step 4: Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover
1. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.
Figure 1-792 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover
2. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.
Figure 1-793 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

3. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.
Figure 1-794 Remove the inner cover (HPR)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front door sensor (conditioner)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front door sensor (conditioner) (floor
instructions.
Front door sensor (conditioner) part number
J7Z09-67029 Front door sensor (conditioner)
Required tools
Post service test





Step 3: Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
Reinstallation tip: Two of these screws (callout 1) are shorter that the other (callout 2). Make sure that all
of the screws are replaced in the correct position when the cover is reinstalled.
2
1

2. Slightly flex the corner of the front inner-right cover to move it out of the way, and then remove the
conditioner left-front inner cover.
Figure 1-805 Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover
Special installation instructions: Conditioner left-front inner cover
a. Make sure that the tab on the conditioner left-front inner cover is seated in the slot on the front inner-
right cover.
Figure 1-806 Install the tab in the slot

b. When correctly installed, the top edges of the conditioner left-front inner and inner right covers are
aligned. If the covers are not aligned, check the tab and slot (see previous special installation
instruction).
Figure 1-807 Check the cover installation
Step 5: Remove the front door sensor (conditioner)
▲ Disconnect one connector, remove one screw, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 1-808 Remove the front door sensor (conditioner)
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the fan and coupling
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor standing
finisher printers; engine).
instructions.
Cooling fan 1 and coupling part number
J7Z09-67015 Cooling fan 1 and coupling
Required tools
Post service test







Step 4: Remove the fan and coupling
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the retainers (callout 2).
2. Separate the flexible rubber duct (callout 1) from the fan housing (callout 2).
NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing, and then pull the duct
away from it.
Figure 1-822 Release the rubber duct

3. Pull the fan housing and coupling straight out of the hard plastic duct to remove them.
Figure 1-823 Remove the exhaust fan and coupling
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower (floor
instructions.
HPR duct and exhaust fan lower part number
J7Z09-67010 HPR duct (exhaust)
J7Z09-67015 Exhaust fan 2 lower
Required tools

Post service test







Step 5: Remove the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-839 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

2. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust distribution duct
(callout 2).
NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing and air box with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing, and then pull
the duct away from it. Pull the duct away from the air box to release it.
3. Remove the flexible duct.
Reinstallation tip: To reinstall the duct, first attach the air box end, and then install the fan housing end.
Figure 1-841 Remove the rubber duct

4. Peel the adhered FFC off of the chassis and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard plastic HPR
duct—dashed line in the figure below).
IMPORTANT: When the FFC is reinstalled, it must be fully adhered to the duct and chassis or it will be
damaged when the bridge is reinstalled. Press down firmly along the entire length of the FFC.
Figure 1-842 Release the FFC
5. Disconnect one FFC.
TIP: It might be easier to disconnect the FFC by using needle-nose pliers.

CAUTION: Place some sheets of paper in the bridge cavity to prevent the screw from entering the printer
if it is dropped (see the figure below).
7. Rotate the fan end of the duct away from the chassis (callout 1) to release it, and then remove the fan and
duct (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the fan and duct, push in on the hard plastic duct from the heated
pressure roller (HPR) side to make joining the two ducts easier.
Figure 1-845 Remove the lower duct and fan

8. Release the wire harness (callout 1) from the duct retainers, and then pull the fan straight out of the duct
Figure 1-846 Remove the lower fan
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot
upper, and the exhaust boot lower (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower part numbers
J7Z09-67012 Exhaust distribution duct
J7Z09-67013 Exhaust boot upper
J7Z09-67014 Exhaust boot lower
Required tools

Post service test






Step 4: Remove the exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower
1. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the exhaust fan housing (callout 1) and from the air box (callout 2)
NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing, and then pull the duct
away from it. Pull the duct off of the air box to release it
Figure 1-859 Release the exhaust fan flexible duct
1
2
2. Remove the flexible upper duct.

3. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the lower fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust distribution
duct (callout 2).
4. Remove the flexible lower duct.

6. Remove the exhaust distribution duct.
Figure 1-864 Remove the exhaust distribution duct

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the bridge distribution PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge distribution printed circuit assembly
(PCA) (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Bridge distribution PCA part number
J7Z09-67003 Bridge distribution PCA
Required tools

Post service test








(callout 2).


duct (callout 2).

Step 6: Remove the bridge distribution PCA
▲ Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and
then remove the PCA.
Figure 1-887 Remove the bridge distribution PCA

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the right cartridge door hinge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hinge (cartridge door right).
instructions.
Right cartridge door hinge part number
A7W93-67073 Right cartridge door hinge
Required tools
● Optional: Needle-nose pliers
TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

Post service test
Make sure that the cartridge door opens and closes correctly.

release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 5: Remove the right cartridge door hinge
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the flat-flexible cable (FFC) from the chassis
(callout 2).

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the hinge up (callout 2) to remove it.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the left cartridge door hinge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hinge (cartridge door left).
instructions.
Left cartridge door hinge part number
A7W93-67074 Left cartridge door hinge
Required tools

Post service test
Make sure that the cartridge door opens and closes correctly.
release it.

to release it.


2
1

2
1


(callout 2).
1
2

identical.


when it is removed.

1 1
Step 5: Remove the left cartridge door hinge

2. Slide the hinge up to remove it.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the feed motor encoder PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly
(PCA).
instructions.
Feed motor encoder PCA part number
A7W93-67018 Feed motor encoder PCA
Required tools

Post service test

release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 5: Remove the feed motor encoder PCA
1. Locate the feed motor encoder PCA.
Figure 1-958 Locate the feed motor encoder PCA

2. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and one connector (callout 2).

4. Release the lower right tab.
5. Release the upper right tab.

6. Rotate the top of the PCA away from the printer, and then lift it up to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not damage the encoder wheel when removing or installing the PCA.
IMPORTANT: When the PCA is reinstalled, make sure that the feed encoder wheel is positioned in the
encoder sensor on the PCA. The sensor body (at the bottom of the PCA) straddles the encoder wheel when
the PCA is correctly installed.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the feed motor assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed motor.
instructions.
Feed motor part number
A7W93-67071 Feed motor
NOTE: Includes belt and tensioner assembly.
Required tools

Post service test
release it.

to release it.


2
1

2
1


(callout 2).
1
2

identical.


when it is removed.

1 1
Step 5: Remove the feed motor assembly
1. Locate the feed motor assembly.

Figure 1-986 Locate the feed motor assembly
2. Push up on the belt tension assembly (callout 1), and then release the drive belt from the gear (callout 2).
Figure 1-987 Release the drive belt
1
2

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the guide (callout 2).
4. Remove three screws (callout 1).

5. Reach up inside the tray cavity, and then remove the motor cover.
NOTE: Release the wire harness from the cover to remove it.

7. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and then push the motor (callout 1)
into the tray cavity to release it.
NOTE: The motor casing is press fitted into the hole in the chassis. It might take considerable force to
release the motor.
Figure 1-992 Release the motor
8. Remove the feed motor assembly.
Figure 1-993 Remove the motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the deskew front drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the deskew front drive assembly.
instructions.
Deskew front drive assembly part number
A7W93-67050 Deskew front drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test

release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 5: Remove the deskew front drive assembly
1. Locate the deskew front drive assembly.
Figure 1-1016 Locate the deskew front drive assembly

2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite from the holder and the FFC
from the guides (callout 2).
1 2

4. Reach up inside the tray cavity, and then remove the motor cover.
NOTE: Release the FFC from the cover to remove it.
NOTE: These two screws require a #8 TORX driver.

6. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and then push the motor (callout 2)
into the tray cavity to release it.
NOTE: Slightly tilt the body of the motor down to release the drive belt while pushing in on the motor.
Figure 1-1021 Release the motor
2
1
7. Remove the deskew front drive assembly.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the deskew front drive gear assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the deskew front drive gear assembly.
instructions.
Deskew front drive gear assembly part number
A7W93-67095 Deskew front drive gear assembly
Required tools

Post service test
release it.

to release it.


2
1

2
1


(callout 2).
1
2

identical.


when it is removed.

1 1
Step 5: Remove the deskew front drive gear assembly
1. Locate the deskew front drive gear assembly.

Figure 1-1045 Locate the deskew front drive gear assembly
2. Remove one orange retention clip (callout 1).
Figure 1-1046 Remove one clip

3. Remove the drive belt and gear together (callout 1).
NOTE: It might seem as though the gear and belt are under too much tension to remove together, but
they can be removed at the same time.
Figure 1-1047 Remove the belt and gear
4. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the gear assembly.
Figure 1-1048 Remove three screws and the gear assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the feed shaft
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed shaft.
instructions.
Feed shaft part number
A7W93-67035 Feed shaft
Required tools
● Optional: #20 TORX driver
NOTE: This driver is only needed if the printhead is not in the home position and the printhead manual
shaft (at the front of the print) is used to move the printhead to the home position.

Post service test


(callout 3).
1 3
2

release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 6: Remove the feed shaft
1. Before proceeding, make sure that the printhead wiper is in the home position (callout 1; recessed all of the
way into the printer).
IMPORTANT: If the printhead wiper is not in the home position, do the following:
a. Remove the output bin.
b. Pull up on, and hold, the printhead bar to make sure that the printhead is fully raised (release the
spring loaded white drive gear located at the rear-left corner of the assembly).
c. From the right side of the printer push the printhead wiper into the printer until it stops or, at the front
of the printer use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual printhead shaft counterclockwise to move the
printhead to the fully seated home position.

Figure 1-1075 Printhead wiper in the home position
2. Optional step: From the right side of the printer, pull out the right duplexer to allow more room to work and
provide more light in the internal printer working area.
Figure 1-1076 Pull out the right duplexer (optional)

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the encoder wheel protective
plate (callout 2).
Figure 1-1077 Remove the encoder wheel protective plate
4. Release three tabs (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then move the encoder printed circuit
assembly (PCA) (callout 3) out of the way.
CAUTION: Do not damage the encoder wheel when removing or installing the PCA.
Reinstallation tip: The sensor body—at the bottom of the PCA)—straddles the encoder wheel when the
PCA is correctly installed.
Figure 1-1078 Move the encoder PCA out of the way
1
3
5. To protect the feed shaft from being scratched during removal, do the following:

a. Place a sheet of paper in the printer positioned up against the feed shaft.
b. Rotate the feed shaft by pulling on the drive belt between the feed motor and the encoder wheel to
draw the paper into and around the shaft.
c. When the paper covers the feed shaft, tape it along the seam to hold it in place (callout 1).
Figure 1-1079 Paper wrapped around the feed shaft
6. At the front of the printer, push up on the belt tension assembly (callout 1), and then release the drive belt
(callout 2) from the feed motor gear.
Figure 1-1080 Release the drive belt

7. Slightly pull out on the white plastic bearing clip (callout 1), and then rotate the clip up (callout 2) to release
it.
Figure 1-1081 Release the bearing clip
8. Reach into the left side of the printer and support the feed shaft, and then slide the shaft out and away
from the printer.
Figure 1-1082 Slide the shaft out

9. Continue to slide the shaft out and away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1083 Remove the feed shaft
Special installation instructions: Feed shaft
a. Slide the replacement feed shaft into the printer.
IMPORTANT: The replacement feed shaft comes with a protective sleeve installed which prevents it
from being scratched.
Do not remove the protective sleeve until after installing the feed shaft.
Reinstallation tip: Before installing the feed shaft, transfer the drive belt form the discarded shaft to
the replacement feed shaft.
Figure 1-1084 Slide the feed shaft into the printer

b. Before proceeding, take note that the clip on the white plastic bearing surface must be correctly
aligned with the slotted hole in the printer chassis.
Figure 1-1085 Note the clip on the bearing surface
c. Support the feed shaft (callout 1) and maneuver the internal end of the shaft into the round white-
plastic mounting feature located on the chassis (callout 2).
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the clip on the bearing surface is aligned with the slotted hole in the
printer chassis (callout 3).
Figure 1-1086 Install the feed shaft
3
2

d. Continue to slide the shaft into the printer until it is fully seated.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Figure 1-1087 Check the feed shaft installation
IMPORTANT: The replacement feed shaft comes with a protective sleeve installed which prevents it from being
scratched.
Do not remove the protective sleeve until after installing the replacement feed shaft.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller
arm(s).
instructions.
NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is
correct for the Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.
Use the steps for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3) configuration.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) part number
A7W93-67079 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
Required tools

Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the pickup roller arm was replaced as the source tray.

release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 5: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.
Use the steps in this procedure for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3) printer
configuration.
1. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention clip.
NOTE:
● The right most clip is present in Tray 2 (A3) and Tray 3 (A4) printer configurations.
● The left most clip is only present in tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configurations.

Figure 1-1110 Release the retention clip
2. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the printer to release the opposite end of the shaft.
Figure 1-1111 Pull the shaft out

3. Slide the assembly at an angle back into the tray cavity until the front end of the shaft can drop below the
chassis.
Figure 1-1112 Slide the shaft in
4. Remove the pickup roller arm.
NOTE: For the tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration, repeat steps 2 and 3 for the A4 Tray 2.
Figure 1-1113 Remove the pickup roller arm
Special installation instructions: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
a. Install the assembly shaft into the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch (callout 1). Make sure that the
white slotted arm (callout 2) on the pickup roller arm installs over the tab on the lift assembly
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: You might have to rotate the shaft to align it with the keyed opening drive
assembly.
Figure 1-1114 Install the pickup roller arm
1
2
b. The shaft is correctly installed in the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch when it protrudes about 6
mm (.23 in) through the hole in the chassis.
Figure 1-1115 Correct shaft install

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right side vertical path guide
● Step 7: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
● Step 8: Remove the Tray 2 (A4) or Tray 3 (A3) separation assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation
assembly.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly part number
A7W93-67031 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly
Required tools

● Optional: Flashlight
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the separation assembly was replaced as the source tray.
Step 1: Remove the right side vertical path guide


3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom of the right side vertical path guide up and away
from the printer to release it.
Reinstallation tip: Slightly flex the bottom left corner of the right side vertical path guide (callout 1) to
engage one tab.
Figure 1-1118 Release the right side vertical path guide

4. Remove the right side vertical path guide
Figure 1-1119 Remove the right side vertical path guide



release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1

Step 7: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.
Use the steps in this procedure for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3) printer
configuration.
NOTE:
● The right most clip is present in Tray 2 (A3) and Tray 3 (A4) printer configurations.
● The left most clip is only present in tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configurations.


3. Slide the assembly at an angle back into the tray cavity until the front end of the shaft can drop below the
chassis.
Figure 1-1148 Slide the shaft in
NOTE: For the tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration, repeat steps 2 and 3 for the A4 Tray 2.
(callout 3).

assembly.
1
2
Step 8: Remove the Tray 2 (A4) or Tray 3 (A3) separation assembly
NOTE: A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.
1. At the rear of the printer, locate the rear side of the separation assembly.

Figure 1-1152 Locate the rear side of the separation assembly
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1), and then release the ferrite from the
holder (callout 2).

3. Disconnect two small FFCs (callout 1).
TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect small FFCs.
Figure 1-1154 Disconnect two small FFCs
4. At the front of the printer, remove three screws (callout 1).

5. Reach up into the tray cavity, remove the motor cover, and then move it out of the way.
CAUTION: The motor cover is still attached to the printer by a FFC and wire harness that pass through the
cover. Do not attempt to completely remove the cover.
Figure 1-1156 Move the motor cover out of the way

7. Support the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly, and then push the left end (the end nearest
the front of the printer) into the tray cavity.
Figure 1-1158 Release the separation assembly
8. Remove the separation assembly.
Figure 1-1159 Remove the separation assembly
Special installation instructions: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly
a. If a replacement assembly is installed, install the black plastic mounting bracket from the discarded
assembly on the replacement assembly, and then install two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1160 Remove the assembly mounting bracket
b. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.
Figure 1-1161 Mounting tabs on the separation assembly

c. Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-1162 Mounting slots in the chassis
(callout 3).
assembly.
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly part number
A7W93-67022 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
1. Table top models only: Before proceeding, it might be easier to access and remove the assembly if a ream
of paper is used to prop up the side of the printer. For example, the Tray 2 side of a tandem Tray 2/3 (A4)
printer configuration is shown below.
CAUTION: When propping up the side of a printer, always use a sealed ream of paper (not a stack of loose
paper) to make sure that the printer will not shift or fall during removal or installation of the part.
Figure 1-1165 Prop up the side of the printer
2. At the front of the printer remove the tray, disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove two screws
(callout 2).
Pull the lift assembly off of the printer chassis to remove it.
Figure 1-1166 Remove the lift assembly

Special installation instructions: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
▲ When installing the assembly, make sure that the tab on the assembly is in the arm on the pickup
roller arm shaft.
Make sure that the lift assembly is flat against the printer chassis before installing the mounting
screws. There is a tab on the back side of the assembly that must be inserted in a hole in the chassis.
Push the assembly firmly against the chassis to seat this tab.
Figure 1-1167 Check the tab on the lift assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the tray
● Step 2: Remove the duplex exit REDI sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex exit reflective edge detection
interrupter (REDI) sensor.
instructions.
Duplex exit REDI sensor part number
A7W93-67076 REDI sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the tray
correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration and for all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders.
▲ Pull the tray out of the printer until it stops, slightly lift the front of the tray up, and then pull it out of the
printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1168 Remove the tray or trays
Step 2: Remove the duplex exit REDI sensor
1. Look up in the tray cavity, and then locate the duplex exit REDI sensor and holder.
Figure 1-1169 Locate the duplex exit REDI sensor and holder

2. Squeeze the tabs on the holder, and then pull down on the sensor holder to release it.
CAUTION: The sensor is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable(FFC). Do not attempt to
completely remove the sensor.
Figure 1-1170 Release the sensor holder
3. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the REDI sensor (callout 1) from the holder (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies.
Figure 1-1171 Remove the REDI sensor
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (left access)
● Removal and replacement: Module left paper path
● Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower
● Removal and replacement: Left door strap
● Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor
● Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor
● Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor
● Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly
● Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR)
● Step 2: Remove the module left paper path
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the module left paper path (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Module left paper path part number
J7Z09-67032 Module left paper path
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR)

it.
Step 2: Remove the module left paper path
1. Remove one screw, and then slide the cover toward the inside of the printer to remove it.
NOTE: This screw is longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use this screw when reinstalling
the cover.

2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC; callout 1), and then release the retainer (callout 2).
1
2
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the retainer strap.
Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the strap with the edge of the chassis (callout 2) when
it is reinstalled.

4. Remove one screw (top screw; callout 1), and then lift up the front-hinge pin retainer (callout 2) to remove
it.
Figure 1-1178 Remove the front-hinge pin retainer
5. Lift up the rear-hinge pin retainer to remove it.
TIP: Us a #10 Torx driver to lift up and remove the retainer.
Figure 1-1179 Remove the rear-hinge pin retainer

6. With the assembly held flat, lift the front-hinge pin out of the retainer, and then rotate it out and away from
the printer.
Figure 1-1180 Release the front-hinge pin
7. Slide the assembly toward the front of the printer to remove it.
NOTE: The spring on the rear hinge pin is not captive. Do not lose the spring when removing the
assembly.
Figure 1-1181 Remove the module left paper path

8. Optional step: If the spring (on the rear hinge pin) is dislodged, use the following figure to correctly install it.
Figure 1-1182 Correctly install the spring
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the exit guide lower
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit guide lower (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Exit guide lower part number
J7Z09-67009 Exit guide lower
Required tools
Post service test


it.
Step 2: Remove the exit guide lower

2. Before proceeding, take note of the keyed slots and screws along the top of the assembly.
Figure 1-1187 Note of the keyed slots and screws
3. Pull the guide forward, and then lift it up to disengage the screws and keyed slots. Remove the guide.
Figure 1-1188 Remove the exit guide lower
Special installation instructions: Exit guide lower
▲ When installing the guide, make sure that the rail on the lower right end of the guide (callout 1)
engages with the slot in the air duct (callout 2).

Figure 1-1189 Install the exit guide lower
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left door strap
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left door strap
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left door strap.
instructions.
Left door strap part number
A7W93-67058 Strap, left door
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the left door strap


3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the left door strap.
Figure 1-1192 Remove two screws and the left door strap
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the output bin reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the output bin reflective edge detection
interrupter (REDI) sensor.
instructions.
Output bin REDI sensor part number
A7W93-67076 Output bin REDI sensor
Required tools
NOTE: Needle-nose pliers make removing and installing flat-flexible cables (FFCs) easier.
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the output bin reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor
2. Locate the output bin REDI and holder (callout 1).
Figure 1-1194 Locate the output bin REDI

3. Pull the sensor and holder straight out of the printer to release it, and then disconnect one flat-flexible
cable (FFC) (callout 1).
NOTE: The holder might need to be flexed from side to side to release it from the printer.
Figure 1-1195 Release the sensor and holder
4. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then separate the sensor (callout 2) from the holder (callout 3) to
remove it.
3 1
Special installation instructions: Output bin REDI sensor
▲ At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.
ii. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.
iv. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
v. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.
NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.
vi. Open the following menus:
● Advanced Service
● Cleaning/Calibration
vii. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then select the Start button.
NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the duplex diverter motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex diverter motor.
instructions.
Duplex diverter motor part number
A7W93-67056 Duplex diverter motor
Required tools
● #10 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the duplex diverter motor

3. Remove the upper motor cover (callout 1).
Figure 1-1199 Remove the upper cover
4. Rotate the top of the lower motor cover away from the door to release it (callout 1), and then pull it straight
off of the door to remove it (callout 2).
NOTE: Removing the lower cover is not necessary to remove the duplex diverter motor. However, the
cover is not captive and might fall of during motor removal.
Figure 1-1200 Remove the lower cover

6. Locate the duplex diverter motor.
Figure 1-1202 Locate the motor

7. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the motor (callout 2).
TIP: Use a #10 TORX driver with a short shaft to remove this screw.
8. Slide the motor to the right to separate it from the door.
CAUTION: The motor is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to
completely remove the motor.
Figure 1-1204 Separate the motor from the door

9. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the motor.
Figure 1-1205 Disconnect the FFC and remove the motor
Special installation instructions: Duplex diverter motor
a. Connect one FFC (callout 1).
Figure 1-1206 Connect the FFC

b. Take note of the tabs (callout 1) on the motor mounting bracket, and the slots (callout 2) in the door
chassis. When the motor is correctly installed the tabs fit into the slots.
Figure 1-1207 Locate the mounting tabs and slots
c. When the motor is correctly installed the worm drive (callout 1) on the motor is behind and engaged
with the diverter cam (callout 2).
Figure 1-1208 Locate the motor worm gear and diverter cam

d. Install the motor on the door chassis (the tabs on the mounting bracket fit into the slots in the
chassis, and the worm gear is behind and engaged with the diverter cam).
Reinstallation tip: Rotate the diverter plate up and down to make installing the motor easier.
Figure 1-1209 Install the motor
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the duplex jam 1 sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex jam1 sensor.
instructions.
Duplex jam1 sensor part number
A7W93-67076 Duplex jam1 sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the duplex jam 1 sensor
NOTE: The jam duplex 2/3 sensors are mounted in a similar plastic mounting bracket. Jam sensors 1/2 are
located under the service fluid container, and the jam 3 sensor is located up inside the Tray 3 cavity.
2. Locate the sensor/holder, push in on both sides of the holder to release it, and then pull the sensor/holder
straight down to separate it from the printer.
CAUTION: The sensor/holder is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC) Do not attempt to
completely remove the sensor/holder
Figure 1-1211 Remove the sensor/holder
1 1
2

3. Remove the sensor (callout 1) from the holder (callout 2).
Figure 1-1212 Remove the sensor from the holder
4. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1).
1
2
Special installation instructions: Duplex jam1 sensor (1 of 2)
a. When the FFC (callout 1) is correctly connected, it must be orientated toward the bottom of the
sensor (callout 2). This orientation different than other FFC installations.

Figure 1-1214 Connect one FFC
1
2
b. Take note of the outside edges of the holder (callout 1) and the tabs (callout 2) in the printer. The
holder snaps into the tabs when it is correctly installed.
Figure 1-1215 Sensor holder and tabs

c. Remove the tray and reach into the tray cavity. Use your finger to support the sensor/holder, and
then push up on the sensor/holder until it snaps into place.
Figure 1-1216 Install the sensor/holder
Special installation instructions: Duplex jam1 sensor (2 of 2)
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
vii. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then select the Start button.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 separation assembly.
instructions.
Tray 1 separation assembly part number
A7W93-67098 Tray 1 separation assembly
Required tools
● #10 TORX short thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly


5. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the
holder.
Figure 1-1221 Disconnect three FFCs
6. Remove two screws (callout 1)
TIP: Use a short thin shaft #10 TORX driver to remove these screws.

8. Simultaneously slide the assembly to the right and rotate the top of the assembly away from the door to
release it.
Figure 1-1224 Release the assembly from the door

9. Separate the assembly from the door.
CAUTION: The Tray 1 separation assembly is still attached to the printer by a FFC. Do not attempt to
completely remove the assembly
Figure 1-1225 Separate the assembly from the door
10. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the assembly.
Figure 1-1226 Disconnect one FFC and remove the Tray 1 separation assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly
● Step 2: Remove the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor.
instructions.
Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor part number
A7W93-67076 Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor
Required tools

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly


5. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the
holder.
TIP: Use a short thin shaft #10 TORX driver to remove these screws.

8. Simultaneously slide the assembly to the right and rotate the top of the assembly away from the door to
release it.
Figure 1-1234 Release the assembly from the door

9. Separate the assembly from the door.
CAUTION: The Tray 1 separation assembly is still attached to the printer by a FFC. Do not attempt to
completely remove the assembly
Figure 1-1235 Separate the assembly from the door
10. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the assembly.
Figure 1-1236 Disconnect one FFC and remove the Tray 1 separation assembly
Step 2: Remove the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the FFC (callout 2) from the guide (stop
at the ferrite).

1 2
2. Depress the retention tab (callout 1), and then slide the ferrite to the left to release it.
CAUTION: The retention tab is fragile. Do not damage this tab when the ferrite is released.
Figure 1-1238 Release the ferrite

3. Slide the ferrite off of the FFC to remove it.
NOTE: Set the ferrite aside to use during installation.
4. Thread the FFC through the opening in the Tray 1 separation assembly.
Figure 1-1240 Thread the FFC through the opening

5. Release the locking arm (callout 1), push up on the sensor body (callout 2), and then slide the sensor and
bracket to the left (callout 3) to remove them.
TIP: It might be easier to release the locking arm by using needle nose pliers.
It might be easier to release the mounting bracket if you loosen the screw.
Figure 1-1241 Remove the sensor and bracket
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the sensor from the bracket (callout 2).
NOTE: If the FFC is not being replaced, disconnect it now for use when installing the replacement sensor.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (right access)
● Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors
● Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide
● Removal and replacement: Right duplexer

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the right door, temperature and humidity sensors, and REDI sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door open, temperature and humidity,
and reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensors.
instructions.
Right door open, temperature and humidity, and REDI sensors part numbers
A7W93-67070 Right door open and temperature/humidity sensor
A7W93-67076 REDI sensors
Required tools

Post service test

Step 2: Remove the right door
NOTE: Removing the right door is optional. It might be easier to remove the temperature/humidity sensor with
the right door removed.


Figure 1-1249 Remove right door strap
NOTE: This is the gold screw on the top sheet-metal hinge.

5. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite
(callout 2) from the holder.
Figure 1-1251 Disconnect two FFCs and release the ferrite

7. Slightly flex the corner of the right door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to remove it
(callout 2) from the hinges.
Figure 1-1253 Remove the right door
8. Optional step: If a replacement right door is installed, remove the retention strap (callout 1).
Figure 1-1254 Remove the retention strap
Step 3: Remove the right door, temperature and humidity sensors, and REDI sensors
1. Remove six screws (callout 1).
NOTE: These are the six remaining screws on the right door.

2. Push up on the inner door assembly to release it.
NOTE: It might be easier to release the inner door assembly if the door latch is kept in the door released
(open) position.
Figure 1-1256 Release the right inner door assembly

3. Separate the right inner door assembly from the right door.
Figure 1-1257 Remove the right inner door assembly
4. Remove the right door open and temperature/humidity sensor: Turn the right inner door over, disconnect
one connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 1-1258 Remove the right door open and temperature/humidity sensor

5. Remove the right door upper REDI sensor: Turn the right inner door over, disconnect one connector
(callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 1-1259 Remove the right door upper REDI sensor
6. Remove the right door lower REDI sensor: Turn the right inner door over, disconnect one connector
(callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 1-1260 Remove the right door lower REDI sensor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right side vertical path guide
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the vertical side path guide.
instructions.
Right side vertical path guide part number
A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path guide
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the right side vertical path guide


3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom of the right side vertical path guide up and away
from the printer to release it.
Reinstallation tip: Slightly flex the bottom left corner of the right side vertical path guide (callout 1) to
engage one tab.
Figure 1-1263 Release the right side vertical path guide
4. Remove the right side vertical path guide
Figure 1-1264 Remove the right side vertical path guide

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right duplexer
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right duplexer
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right duplexer.
instructions.
Right duplexer part number
A7W93-67032 Right duplexer
Required tools
Post service test
Print a duplex print job to verify that the printer is properly functioning.
Step 1: Remove the right duplexer

2. Grasp the right- and left-side green handles, and pull the right duplex assembly straight out of the printer
until it stops.
Figure 1-1266 Pull the right duplex assembly out of the printer

3. Rotate the assembly down and out of the way.
Figure 1-1267 Move the assembly out of the way
4. Pull out on the two black retention clips on the right duplexer right- and left-side mounting rails to remove
them.
Figure 1-1268 Remove the retention clips

5. Slightly slide the left-side right duplexer mounting arm into the printer, and then rotate it down and out of
the left rail.
Figure 1-1269 Release the left-side boss
6. Slightly slide the right-side right duplexer mounting arm into the printer, and then rotate it down and out of
the right rail to remove the assembly.
Figure 1-1270 Release the right-side boss

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (rear access)
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA)
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket
● Removal and replacement: Formatter
● Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+)
● Removal and replacement: Formatter cage
● Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB)
● Removal and replacement: Island of data
● Removal and replacement: Power supply
● Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system
● Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly
● Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
● Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor
● Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
● Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket
● Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly

Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the conditioner main PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner main printed circuit assembly
(PCA) (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner main PCA part number
J7Z09-67018 Conditioner main PCA
Required tools
● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

Post service test


Step 3: Remove the conditioner main PCA
1. Do the following:

● Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove four screws (callout 2) and the AC line filter
and cover.
● Disconnect one inline connector (callout 3), and then release the wire harness from the retainers
(callout 4).
Figure 1-1277 Remove the AC line filter and cover
2
1
4 ~
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the wire harnesses from the retainers (callout 2), and then release
one tab (callout 3).
NOTE: This screw requires a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.
3
2

3. Rotate the top of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then lift it up and off (callout 2) of the
chassis to remove it.
4. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove five screws, and then remove the PCA.
NOTE: There are nine flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and 5 wire-harness connectors.
Figure 1-1280 Remove the conditioner main PCA


Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner power supply and rear-left
support bracket (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket part numbers
J7Z09-67021 Conditioner power supply
J7Z09-67025 Rear-left support bracket
Required tools

Post service test


Step 3: Remove the conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket
1. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses from the retainers (callout 2).

3
2

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), lift up and rotate the bracket away from the chassis (callout 2) to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not damage the heat shield (callout 3) when removing the bracket.
Figure 1-1289 Remove the bracket
1
3
4. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and three connectors.
Figure 1-1290 Disconnect one FFC and three connectors

6. Rotate the bottom of the assembly out and away from the chassis (callout 1), and then pull it down to
separate it (callout 2) from the printer.
CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a wire harness on the back side. Do not attempt
to fully remove the assembly.
1
2

7. Turn the assembly over, and then disconnect one connector.
Reinstallation tip: It might be easier to reinstall the assembly by first removing the heat shield.
Figure 1-1293 Disconnect one connector and remove the conditioner power supply


Removal and replacement: Formatter
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the optional small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM)
● Step 4: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD models only)
● Step 5: Remove the fax PCA (fax models only)
● Step 6: Remove the Trusted platform module (TPM)
● Step 7: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC models only)
● Step 8: Remove the formatter
● Step 10: Install the formatter
● Step 11: Install the eMMC (eMMC models only)
● Step 12: Install the TPM
● Step 13: Install the fax PCA (fax models only)
● Step 14: Install the HDD (HDD models only)
● Step 15: Install the optional SODIMM
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter.
instructions.

Formatter part numbers
J7Z04-67910 Formatter with instruction guide (765/E751/P752; SFP)
J7Z04-67911 Formatter with instruction guide (765/E751/P752; SFP; India/China)
J7Z09-67042 Formatter with instruction guide (780/785/E776; MFP)
J7Z09-67043 Formatter with instruction guide (780/785/E776; MFP; India/China)
Y3Z60-67913 Formatter with instruction guide (P774/P779; MFP)
Y3Z60-67902 Formatter with instruction guide (P774/P779; MFP; India/China)
Required tools
Post service test



Step 3: Remove the optional small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM)
NOTE: This step is for printers with an optional SODIMM installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to
Step 4: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD models only) on page 849.
1. Locate the SODIMM on the formatter.
Figure 1-1298 Locate the SODIMM

2. Release two locking arms (callout 1), allow the edge of the SODIMM to rotate away from the holder
(callout 2), and then remove the SODIMM.
Figure 1-1299 Remove the SODIMM
1
1
Step 4: Remove the hard disk drive (HDD models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with an HDD installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 5:
Remove the fax PCA (fax models only) on page 850.
TIP: If an accelerator HDD is installed, disconnect the fan connector before removing it.
NOTE: A standard hard-disk drive (HDD) is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all
HDDs.
1. Accelerator HDDs only: Disconnect one connector.

1 2
Step 5: Remove the fax PCA (fax models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with a fax PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 6:
Remove the Trusted platform module (TPM) on page 851.
1. Locate the fax PCA on the formatter.

Figure 1-1303 Locate the fax PCA
2. Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA away from the formatter (callout 1), and then slide it to the
left(callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-1304 Remove the fax PCA
Step 6: Remove the Trusted platform module (TPM)
NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP printers.
1. Locate the TPM on the formatter.

Figure 1-1305 Locate the TPM
2. Pull the TPM straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.
Figure 1-1306 Remove the TPM
Step 7: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with an eMMC PCA. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 8: Remove
the formatter on page 854.
a. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.

b. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.
2. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.
a. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

b. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.
need to be removed to remove the eMMC PCA.
Step 8: Remove the formatter
1. For an MFP printer do the following:
● Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

● Remove five screws, and then remove the formatter.
Figure 1-1312 Remove the formatter
2. For a SFP printer do the following:
● Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

● Remove five screws, and then remove the formatter.
Figure 1-1314 Remove the formatter

instructions.
Step 10: Install the formatter
WARNING! For a replacement formatter, the TPM must be reinstalled before the printer power is turned on.
Failure to reinstall the TPM will cause the printer to be disabled.
IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install replacement a trusted platform module (TPM), hard disk drive (HDD)
and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer power on between
installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.
1. For an MFP printer do the following:
● Position the formatter in the printer, and then install five screws.

Figure 1-1315 Install the formatter
● Connect all of the connectors on the formatter.
NOTE: Make sure to transfer the smart transducer monitoring system PCA (if installed) from the
discarded failed formatter to the replacement formatter.
Figure 1-1316 Connect connectors
2. For a SFP printer do the following:
● Position the formatter in the printer, and then install five screws.

Figure 1-1317 Install the formatter
● Connect all of the connectors on the formatter.
NOTE: Make sure to transfer the smart transducer monitoring system PCA (if installed) from the
discarded failed formatter to the replacement formatter.
Figure 1-1318 Connect connectors
Step 11: Install the eMMC (eMMC models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with an eMMC PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step
12: Install the TPM on page 861.
1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2).
NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.

a. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
connector.

b. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
connector.
need to be removed to install the eMMC PCA.
Step 12: Install the TPM
WARNING! For a replacement formatter, the TPM must be reinstalled before the printer power is turned on.
Failure to reinstall the TPM will cause the printer to be disabled.

1. Align the connector on the replacement TPM (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2).
NOTE: The TPM can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 1-1323 Align the connectors

2. Push the TPM onto the formatter to install it.
IMPORTANT: If the TPM is not installed on the formatter (or is not fully seated), a 33.04.01 Missing TPM
message appears on the control-panel display when the printer power is turned on. The printer is unusable
until the TPM is installed.
NOTE: Press on the connector side of the TPM to ensure it is fully seated in the formatter connector.
Figure 1-1324 Install the TPM
Step 13: Install the fax PCA (fax models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with a fax PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 14:
Install the HDD (HDD models only) on page 864.
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet metal where the fax telephone port
must be installed.

2. Position the telephone port on the right end of the fax PCA through the sheet metal in the formatter case
(callout 1). Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA toward the formatter (callout 2), and then install the
connector on the fax PCA into the connector on the formatter.
NOTE: The corner of the fax PCA must be installed in in the slot in the sheet metal (callout 3).
Figure 1-1326 Install the fax PCA
3
2
Step 14: Install the HDD (HDD models only)
NOTE: This step is for printers with a HDD installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to Step 15:
Install the optional SODIMM on page 866.
NOTE: A standard hard-disk drive (HDD) is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all
HDDs.
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet metal where the HDD cradle mounting

formatter.

4. Accelerator HDDs only: Connect one connector.
Step 15: Install the optional SODIMM
NOTE: This step is for printers with an optional SODIMM installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to
Step 16: Install the formatter cage cover on page 867.
1. Insert the SODIMM in the holder.
TIP: The SODIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.

Figure 1-1331 Insert the SODIMM
2. Rotate the SODIMM toward the holder (callout 1), and then make sure that the two locking arms snap into
place (callout 2).
Figure 1-1332 Install the SODIMM
2
1



Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the fax PCA
● Step 5: Install the fax PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fax PCA.
instructions.
Fax PCA part number
B5L53-67901 Fax PCA with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test

Step 3: Remove the fax PCA
1. Locate the fax PCA on the formatter.

Figure 1-1341 Locate the fax PCA
2. Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA away from the formatter (callout 1), and then slide it to the left
Figure 1-1342 Remove the fax PCA

instructions.
Step 5: Install the fax PCA
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the fax telephone port
must be installed.

2. Position the telephone port on the right end of the fax PCA through the sheet metal in the formatter case
(callout 1). Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA toward the formatter (callout 2), and then install the
connector on the fax PCA into the connector on the formatter.
NOTE: The corner of the fax PCA must be installed in in the slot in the sheet metal (callout 3).
Figure 1-1344 Install the fax PCA
1
3
2



Removal and replacement: Formatter cage
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the formatter cage
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter cage.
instructions.
Formatter cage part number
J7Z09-67945 Formatter cage (includes faceplate labels for SFP and MFP printers)
Required tools
#20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip
Post service test


Step 2: Remove the formatter cage
printers.
1. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1). and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to remove it.


Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter cage.
4.

6. Remove the formatter cage.
NOTE: Remove four screws, and then transfer the formatter PCA to the replacement cage.
MFP and SFP faceplate labels are included in the formatter cage kit.
Figure 1-1358 Remove the formatter cage

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the inline finisher rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the SCB
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 series; inline finisher
configurations).
Click here to view a video of this procedure (774/779/P77440/P77940-P77960 series; no inline finisher
configurations).
instructions.
Scanner control board (SCB) part numbers
J7Z09-67907 Scanner control board (SCB) Enterprise printers (780/785/E776)
J7Z09-67908 Scanner control board (SCB) Work Flow printers (785/E776)
Y3Z60-67905 Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779)

Required tools
NOTE: This item only needed for printers with the inline finisher configuration.
Post service test
Use the document feeder and/or flatbed glass to make a copy.
NOTE: This step is only required for printers with the inline finisher configuration. For all other models, skip this
step and go to Step 3: Remove the SCB cover on page 889.


Step 2: Remove the inline finisher rear cover
NOTE: This step is only required for printers with the inline finisher configuration. For all other models, skip this
step and go to Step 3: Remove the SCB cover on page 889.

3. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

4. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.
Figure 1-1366 Release the left edge of the cover
5. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner tabs
(callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Step 4: Remove the SCB
a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables
(FFCs) (callout 2).

CAUTION: The FFC connectors (callout 2) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip on these
NOTE: Non flow models only have two FFCs.
Figure 1-1370 Disconnect connectors and FFCs (1 of 2) (780/785/E776)
b. P774/P779: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then disconnect five FFCs (callout 2).
NOTE: One connector is hidden behind a FFC.
Figure 1-1371 Disconnect connectors and FFCs (2 of 2) (P774/P779)

Figure 1-1372 Release one ferrite (780/785/E776 only)
dislodged and lost.
and be damaged.
Figure 1-1373 Disconnect one FFC (780/785/E776 only)

Reinstallation tip: The left most screw also secures the document feeder ground wire to the
scanner chassis. Do not forget to reattach the ground wire when the SCB is installed.
NOTE: There is a ground clip screw next to the left-most SCB mounting screw. Do not remove this
screw.

5. 780/785/E776 only: Partially pull out the SCB, and then release one cable from the retainer.
Figure 1-1376 Release the cable (780/785/E776 only)
6. Remove the SCB.
NOTE: The figure in this step might look different than your printer depending on printer configuration.
Figure 1-1377 Remove the SCB

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Island of data
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the island of data
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the island of data
instructions.
Island of data part number
J7Z09-67946 Island of data
Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with magnetized tip
Post service test
Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify the printer is correctly functioning.


Step 2: Remove the island of data
1. Locate the island of data.

Figure 1-1382 Locate the island of data
2. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the island of data
(callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.
Figure 1-1383 Remove the island of data
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Power supply
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the power supply
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the power supply.
instructions.
Power supply part number
J7Z09-67940 Power supply (110/220V)
Required tools
Post service test


Step 2: Remove the power supply
1. Loosen two thumb screws, and then lift the formatter cage cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1388 Remove the cage cover
2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the guide (callout 2).

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the way
(callout 3).
Figure 1-1390 Move the guide

5. Lift the power supply up to release it, and then remove it from the printer.
Figure 1-1392 Remove the power supply
Special installation instructions: Power supply
▲ Take note of the two mounting tabs (callout 1) on the left side of the power supply. These tabs
engage with two sheet-metal bosses (callout 2) on the printer chassis when the power supply is
properly installed.
The power supply shown below might look slightly different than the one installed in the printer.
However the special installation instruction is valid for this printer.
Figure 1-1393 Power supply mounting tabs
2 1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the smart transducer monitoring system PCAs
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the smart transducer monitoring system PCAs.
instructions.
Smart transducer monitoring system PCAs part number
J7Z09-67951 Smart transducer monitoring system
Required tools

Post service test

Step 2: Remove the smart transducer monitoring system PCAs
1. Loosen two thumb screws, and then lift the formatter cage cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1398 Remove the cage cover
2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 1-1399 Disconnect two connectors and remove one screw

3. Use a pair of needle-nose pliers to release one standoff.
CAUTION: The PCA is still attached to the formatter by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to
completely remove the PCA.
Figure 1-1400 Release one standoff
4. Rotate a small clip up to release one FFC.
dislodged and lost.

5. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the formatter cage (callout 1), release it from the guide
(callout 2), and then remove one screw (callout 3) to remove the PCA.
2 3
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly
NOTE: The through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA) can be removed without
removing the printhead assembly.
A separate procedure to remove and replace the TBODD motor and bracket kit and the TBODD carriage kit is
available in the printer repair manual.
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor
printed circuit assembly (PCA).
instructions.
Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA) part number
A7W93-67041 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA)
Required tools

Post service test


printers.


cage.

Step 3: Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor PCA
This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).
1. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1/2).
● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).
Figure 1-1414 Disconnect connector(s)
2
1
2. Release the wire harness and cables from the retainers (callout 11), release one tab (callout 2), release
three pins (callout 3), and then remove the guide(callout 4).
Figure 1-1415 Remove the guide
3
3
1
4
2

3. Disconnect four FFCs (callout 1).
Figure 1-1416 Disconnect four FFCs
NOTE: The upper screw is captive, the lower screw is not captive.

5. Rotate the top guide up, and then rotate the lower guide away from the printer to move them out of the
way.
NOTE: When the top guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.
Figure 1-1418 Move the FFC guides out of the way
6. Remove four screws (callout 1), lift the TBODD sensor PCA (callout 2) up, and then disconnect one FFCs
(callout 3) from the bottom of the PCA to remove the sensor.
NOTE: These screws require a #6 TORX short shaft driver.
Figure 1-1419 Remove the TBODD upper PCA
2 1

Special installation instructions: TBODD sensor PCA
a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools button.
b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.
c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.
d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
e. Touch the Sign In button located at the bottom of the keypad screen (just to the right of the number
keys) to close the keypad screen.
f. Open the following menus:
g. Select the Perform Drop Detect item, and then select the Start button.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the right rear lower PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right rear lower PCA.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) presence sensor part number
A7W93-67028 Right rear lower PCA
Required tools
Post service test


Step 2: Remove the right rear lower PCA
1. Locate the right rear lower PCA.

Figure 1-1424 Locate the right rear lower PCA
2. Disconnect three flat-flexible cable (FFCs) (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the
right rear lower PCA (callout 3).
Figure 1-1425 Remove the right rear lower PCA
1
3

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor part number
A7W93-67023 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
The tandem Tray 2/3 (A3) configuration is shown in the following procedure.
1. Table top models only: Before proceeding, it might be easier to access and remove the sensor if a ream of
paper is used to prop up the side of the printer. For example, the Tray 2 side of a tandem Tray 2/3 (A3)
printer configuration is shown below.
CAUTION: When propping up the side of a printer, always use a sealed ream of paper (not a stack of loose
paper) to make sure that the printer will not shift or fall during removal or installation of the part.
Figure 1-1426 Prop up the side of the printer
2. Remove the tray, and then locate the Tray 2 width detect sensor.
Figure 1-1427 Locate the Tray 2 width detect sensor

3. Before proceeding, take note of the retention tab at the top of the part.
Figure 1-1428 Locate the retention tab
4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the sensor away from the chassis (callout 2) to
separate it from the printer.
CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly part number
A7W93-67034 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly
Required tools

Post service test

printers.


cage.


Step 3: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly
NOTE: If the tray was not removed prior to servicing the printer, remove it now.
1. At the rear of the printer, disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-1442 Disconnect FFCs and connector

2. Release the wire harness (callout 1) from the guide until it reaches the right most screw (callout 2) in the
guide.
Figure 1-1443 Partially release the wire harness
2 1
3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then move the guide out of the way.
Figure 1-1444 Remove two screws and move the guide

4. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), release the ferrite from the holder (callout 2), and then release the FFC from
the retainers (callout 3).
Figure 1-1445 Disconnect one FFC and release it from the guide
1
2 3
5. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then release it from the guide (callout 2).
1 2

6. Create a loop in the FFC (callout 1) to gain access to the lift assembly screws.
NOTE: Do not pass the tabbed end of the FFC (callout 2) behind the power supply cable. Doing so will
make installing the FFC difficult later in this procedure.
Figure 1-1447 Create a loop in the FFC

8. Rotate the latch assembly up and then out of the printer.
Figure 1-1449 Remove the latch assembly
Special installation instructions: Tray 2 latch assembly (A4 tandem Trays 2/3 only)
▲ Before installing the assembly, make sure that it is not in the locked position (callout 1). If it is in the
locked potion, pull on the green lever to unlock it (callout 2).
Figure 1-1450 Check the latch assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch part number
A7W93-67078 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.


Step 2: Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
1. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1).


3. Remove the tray pick clutch.
Reinstallation tip: The collar in the motor and the pick shaft are keyed (they each have a flat spot). It
might be necessary to rotate the collar or the shaft to correctly align them when installing the tray pick
clutch.
Figure 1-1457 Remove the tray pick clutch
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the duplex entry drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex entry drive assembly.
instructions.
Duplex entry drive assembly part number
A7W93-67030 Duplex entry drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test

printers.


cage.


Step 3: Remove the duplex entry drive assembly
1. Release one FFC (callout 1) from the guide, and then move it out of the way.
Figure 1-1469 Release one FFC

2. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the rear lift assist handle (callout 2).
Figure 1-1470 Remove the rear lift assist handle

5. Slightly rotate the assembly to the left to release it (callout 1), and then pull it away from the printer
Reinstallation tip: The upper most flange on the assembly sheet-metal bracket has a tab that installs in a
slot in the printer chassis. Make sure all three flanges on the bracket are flush up against the chassis.
Figure 1-1473 Remove the duplex entry drive assembly

6. Remove the duplex entry drive assembly.
Figure 1-1474 Remove the duplex entry drive assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the printhead wiper motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the printhead wiper motor.
instructions.
Printhead wiper motor part number
A7W93-67045 Printhead wiper motor
Required tools

Post service test

printers.


cage.


Step 3: Remove the printhead wiper motor
2
1

2. Release the wire harness and cables from the retainers (callout 11), release one tab (callout 2), release
three pins (callout 3), and then remove the guide (callout 4).
Figure 1-1487 Remove the guide
3
3
1
4
2

way.

NOTE: These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.
These screws are captive.

8. Slightly rotate the right side of the assembly away from the chassis to release it, and then remove the
printhead wiper motor.
Reinstallation tip: There are tabs on the top, rear, and bottom sides of the sheet-metal bracket that fit
into corresponding slots in the chassis. The sheet-metal bracket is flat against the chassis when the
assembly is correctly installed.
Figure 1-1493 Remove the printhead wiper motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).
instructions.
Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) part number
Y3Z60-67912 Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
Required tools

Post service test

printers.


cage.


Step 3: Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
2
1

2. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the way.
Figure 1-1506 Release the guide
2
2
3. Disconnect all of the remaining flat-flexible cables and connectors, remove seven screws (circled), and then
remove the MPCA.
CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 1) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a small clip on the
connector to remove the FFC.
NOTE: The shield on the MPCA is not captive (callout 2).
Figure 1-1507 Remove the MPCA

Special install instructions: MPCA
▲ Use the figure below to make sure that the separation module (single or tandem main tray) are
correctly connected to the MPCA.
● Callout 1: Tray 2 separation module
Figure 1-1508 MPCA separation module connectors
2
1
2. Use the packaging material from the replacement PCA to send the defective part back to HP.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support
bracket.
instructions.
Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket part number
A7W93-67097 Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket
Required tools

Post service test


printers.


cage.


2
1
2
2

remove the MPCA.

2
1
Step 4: Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket

2. Remove the MPCA support bracket.
Figure 1-1525 Remove the MPCA support bracket
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the deskew rear drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the deskew rear drive assembly.
instructions.
Deskew rear drive assembly part number
A7W93-67051 Deskew rear drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test


printers.


cage.


2
1
2
2

remove the MPCA.

2
1

Step 5: Remove the deskew rear drive assembly
1. Release three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1) from the retainers, and then loosen two screws
(callout 2).
These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.
Figure 1-1543 Loosen two screws


4. Rotate the wheel counterclockwise, and then pull up and out on the drive belt (callout 1) as it passes over
the top of the wheel to detach it.
Figure 1-1546 Remove the drive belt
5. Remove the wheel (callout 1) from the shaft.
Figure 1-1547 Remove the wheel

7. Remove the rear deskew drive assembly.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the duplex exit drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex exit drive assembly.
instructions.
Duplex exit drive assembly part number
A7W93-67038 Duplex exit drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test


printers.


cage.


2
1
2
2

remove the MPCA.

2
1

Step 5: Remove the duplex exit drive assembly
1. Release three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1) from the retainers, and then loosen two screws
(callout 2).
These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.


4. Rotate the wheel counterclockwise, and then pull up and out on the drive belt (callout 1) as it passes over
the top of the wheel to detach it.
Remove the wheel (callout 2) from the shaft.
Figure 1-1570 Remove the drive belt
1
2

6. Remove the idler wheel and belt (callout 1).
Figure 1-1572 Remove the idler wheel and belt
NOTE: The top right screw requires a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

8. Remove the duplex exit drive assembly (disconnect the assembly FFC).
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (top access)
● Removal and replacement: Wireless fidelity PCA (785zs/785z+)
● Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models)
● Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher)
● Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher)
● Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP; 765/E751/P752)

Removal and replacement: Wireless fidelity PCA (785zs/785z+)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the WiFi PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the wireless fidelity PCA (WiFi models).
Wireless fidelity PCA (WiFi models) part number
0960-3654 WiFi PCA
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the WiFi PCA

a. No inline finisher models: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Inline finisher models: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.
3. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.
remove the PCA yet.

4. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.


Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the keyboard (MFP flow models) (CSR B).
instructions.
Keyboard (MFP flow models) part number
J7Z09-67909 Keyboard (MFP flow models) with instruction guide (AME)
J7Z09-67910 Keyboard (MFP flow models) with instruction guide (EMEA)
Required tools
Post service test


and lost.

position.




Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher)
● Introduction
● Step 10: Remove the spacer assembly
● Step 11: Remove the output bin full sensor

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher).
instructions.
Output bin full sensor part number
A7W93-67064 Output bin full sensor
Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver
Post service test


2) to release it.



and lost.

nose cone (left control panel) on page 1045 or Step 5: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
on page 1049.
position.


NOTE: This step is for printers with a left mounted control panel printer configuration. For a center mounted
control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to Step 5: Remove the nose cone (center control panel)
on page 1049.


thin shaft driver.


NOTE: This step is for printers with a center mounted control panel printer configuration. For a left mounted
control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the SCB cover on page 1053.
remove the PCA yet.



shaft driver.


1 2







dislodged and lost.
and be damaged.

3
1



8. Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the printer) to make more room for
the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.
9. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

10. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up and off of the
printer.
Step 10: Remove the spacer assembly
NOTE: This step is for a no inline finisher printer configuration. For all others skip this step and go to Step 11:
Remove the output bin full sensor on page 1071.
1. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw.

2. Open the left door and the cartridge door.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release them (do not pinch).
printer (callout 2) to remove the cover.
2
1



9. P774/P779 only: Remove one screw.
Figure 1-1650 Remove one screw (P774/P779)
10. Lift the spacer assembly straight up and off of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1651 Remove the spacer assembly
Step 11: Remove the output bin full sensor

2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the output bin full sensor.
Figure 1-1653 Disconnect and remove the sensor
Special installation instructions: Output bin full sensor
● 09078017 (MFP)

09076517 (SFP)
g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then select the Start button.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover
● Step 4: Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover
● Step 5: Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly
● Step 6: Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA)
● Step 7: Remove the inline finisher front cover
● Step 8: Remove the inline finisher compiler
● Step 9: Remove the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
● Step 10: Remove the inline finisher upper bin
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline
finisher).
instructions.

Required tools
Post service test




Step 3: Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 2).
2
1

3. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover (callout 2).
Step 4: Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover
▲ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.
NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-tapping screw.
Step 5: Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly
1. At the right side of the printer (right door open), remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1667 Remove one screw and the cover
1 2
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2), and then
through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).
TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab behind the FFC to
release the ferrite.
1 2 3

NOTE: These screws require a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.
4. Rotate the top edge of the assembly away from the printer to release it (callout 1), and then lift up on the
assembly (callout 2).
2
1 1

5. Remove the assembly.
Step 6: Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA)
1. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to
remove it.

2. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it over the edge
of the document feeder.
CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position. The document
feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.
Figure 1-1673 Lock the document feeder

4. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.
WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the left-side cover
or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer and break, which allows the ISA
to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the ISA or personal injury.
Figure 1-1675 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold
5. Raise the ISA.
Figure 1-1676 Raise the ISA

6. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.
Figure 1-1677 Secure the ISA
Step 7: Remove the inline finisher front cover
NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the ejection path assembly installed even though it has been
removed previously in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always thoroughly read the
instructions that accompany each figure.
1. Open the printer left door.

3. Release one tab.

4. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover right tabs
(callout 2).
1 2
Step 8: Remove the inline finisher compiler
1. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through the ferrites
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1683 Disconnect five FFCs
2. Remove nine screws.

3. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of the printer to
release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed. Always set
the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal components).
Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Inline finisher compiler
a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down position
(callout 1), raise it (callout 2).
Figure 1-1686 Place the clamp in the raised position
2
1

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear wheel
appears in the center of the opening.
Figure 1-1687 Position the paper stop
c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp drive
bar is engaged with the clamp drive.
TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.
Figure 1-1688 Check the clamp drive bar and drive
Step 9: Remove the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
1. At the front of the printer, remove two screws.

2. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws.

3. Slide the inline finisher right cover towards the rear of the printer to release it, and then remove the cover.
IMPORTANT: Temporarily remove the corner support tool to remove the cover. The support tool must be
reinstalled after the cover is removed.
4. Slide the inline finisher inner rear cover straight out to remove it.

5. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

7. Move the staple carriage out of the way, and then remove four screws.
8. Move the staple carriage to the center of the track (callout 1), slightly rotate the left end of the track up and
away from the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the assembly (staple carriage and track together) to the
left (callout 3) to release it.
2
3

9. Remove the assembly (staple carriage and track together).
CAUTION: The staple carriage is not captive on the track. Do not let the carriage slide off of the track
when removing or replacing it.
Step 10: Remove the inline finisher upper bin
NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show a red support tool in use. This tool is no longer required or
supplied by HP.
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2).

1 2
2. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove a second screw (callout 2).
IMPORTANT: The upper bin is secured to the chassis with four screws. These screws must be removed
(and installed) in the correct order for proper bin alignment. The chassis is embossed with the numbers 1,
2, 3, and 4. Use that order to remove or install the screws.
TIP: Slightly flex the sheet-metal frame to access the screws
Figure 1-1699 Remove two screws (in the correct order)
2 1

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), slightly flex the front edge of the inline finisher inner left cover away from
the chassis, and then slide the cover toward the front of the printer to remove it.
2
1
4. Loosen (do not remove) one screw (callout 1, and then release one belt (callout 2).
Remove one screw (callout 3), and then remove a second screw (callout 4).
3 4

5. Slightly rotate the front corner of the upper bin away from the printer, and then pull it out at an angle to
release it.
NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the chassis as the bin is removed.
Figure 1-1702 Release the upper bin
1 2
6. Remove the upper bin.
TIP: If a replacement bin is installed do the following with the removed bin:
a. Position the moveable tray in the fully extended position.
b. Pull up on the front right corner of the tray to separate it from the upper bin.
c. Remove the movable tray, and then install it on the replacement upper bin.

Figure 1-1703 Remove the upper bin
Special installation instructions: Inline finisher upper bin
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
vii. Select the calibrate finisher sensors item, and then select the Start button.

● 09078017 (MFP)

09076517 (SFP)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP; 765/E751/P752)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control panel (SFP; 765/E751/P752)
● Step 3: Remove the top cover (SFP; 765/E751/P752)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the output bin full sensor.
instructions.
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the control panel (SFP; 765/E751/P752)

2. Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.

3. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1)
2) to release it.
2 1



Step 3: Remove the top cover (SFP; 765/E751/P752)

2. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), pass the wire harness and cables through the slot in the formatter
cage, and then release them from the guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-1717 Disconnect four connectors

3. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws and retainers.
Figure 1-1718 Remove two screws and retainers

5. Slightly lift up the rear edge of the cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer to release it.
NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cable through the opening in the cover.

7. Remove nine screws (callout 1/2).
NOTE: Some of these screws (callout 1) require a #20 TORX driver.
1
8. Lift up on the bottom portion of the cover to remove it.

● 09078017 (MFP)

09076517 (SFP)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (multiple accesses)
● Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit
● Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly
● Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD
● Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor
● Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct
● Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect
● Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit
● Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan
● Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
● Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly
● Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit
● Removal and replacement: Trough beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit
● Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
● Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor
● Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit
All of these sensors must be replaced together, even if only one sensor appears to have failed.
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the entrance jam wrap sensors
● Step 7: Remove the HPR entrance/exit sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the heated pressure roller (HPR) entrance exit
sensors (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
HPR entrance/exit jam sensors and entrance jam wrap sensors part numbers
J7Z09-67030 HPR entrance exit sensor kit
Required tools

Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly..

it.
Step 2: Remove the entrance jam wrap sensors
NOTE: This screw requires a short shaft #10 TORX driver.

2. Slide the cover forward to release it, and then separate the cover from the chassis.
CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not try to
completely remove the assembly.

3. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the sensor assembly
Figure 1-1731 Remove the entrance jam wrap sensors







Step 7: Remove the HPR entrance/exit sensors
1. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs).


3. Remove the sensors.
Figure 1-1749 Remove the HPR entrance/exit sensor assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the motor wall assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the motor wall assembly (floor standing finisher
printers).
instructions.
Motor wall assembly part number
J7Z09-67999 Motor wall assembly
Required tools
Post service test


it.



Step 4: Remove the motor wall assembly
1. Disconnect two connectors.
NOTE: These two connectors are on a single flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the retention strap with the edge of the chassis when
it is reinstalled.
3. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1761 Remove the motor wall assembly


Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the conditioner dual HE LMOD
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the conditioner dual HE LMOD (floor standing
finisher printers) (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
Conditioner dual HE LMOD part number
J7Z09-67026 Conditioner dual HE LMOD
Required tools

Post service test

it.




it is reinstalled.
Step 5: Remove the conditioner dual HE LMOD
1. Remove one screw, and then slide the cover toward the inside of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: This screw is longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use this screw when reinstalling
the cover.
2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then slide the conditioner dual HE
LMOD into the printer (callout 3) to remove it.
Figure 1-1775 Remove the conditioner dual HE LMOD
2
1


Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the motor wall temperature and humidity sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the motor wall temperature sensor (floor
instructions.
Motor wall temperature sensor part number
J7Z09-67026 Motor wall temperature sensor
Required tools
Post service test


it.




it is reinstalled.
Step 5: Remove the motor wall temperature and humidity sensors

2. Slide the toward the front of the printer to release it, and then separate it from the chassis.
CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not try to

3. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the sensor assembly.
Figure 1-1790 Remove the motor wall temperature sensor


Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the exit guide lower
● Step 8: Remove the exit guide lower air duct
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit guide lower air duct (floor standing
finisher printers).
instructions.
Exit guide lower air duct part number
J7Z09-67009 Lower transport exit guide assembly
J7Z09-67010 HPR duct
Required tools

Post service test

it.
NOTE: The left door and the upper paper path might already be open after removing the HPR. However, the
procedure below for removing the front tower cover is correct for this printer.








Step 7: Remove the exit guide lower

2. Before proceeding, take note of the keyed slots and screws along the top of the assembly.
Figure 1-1810 Note of the keyed slots and screws
3. Pull the guide forward, and then lift it up to disengage the screws and keyed slots. Remove the guide.
Figure 1-1811 Remove the exit guide lower
Special installation instructions: Exit guide lower
▲ When installing the guide, make sure that the rail on the lower right end of the guide (callout 1)
engages with the slot in the air duct (callout 2).

Figure 1-1812 Install the exit guide lower
Step 8: Remove the exit guide lower air duct
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then peel the adhered flat-flexible cable (FFC) off of the chassis
(callout 2) and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard plastic duct—dashed line in the figure
below).
Figure 1-1813 Disconnect two connectors and peel back the FFC
2
1

3. From the HPR side of the printer, pull the duct straight out of the printer to remove it.
NOTE: The air duct is attached to the lower fan duct on the HPR side of the printer.
Figure 1-1815 Remove the exit guide lower air duct

4. Optional step: Transfer the lower jam wrap sensor (callout 1) to a replacement air duct.
Figure 1-1816 Install the exit guide lower air duct
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the conditioner main PCA
● Step 9: Remove the HPR electrical interconnect
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the heated pressure roller electrical interconnect
(HPR EI) (floor standing finisher printers).
instructions.
HPR electrical interconnect part number
J7Z09-67023 HPR electrical interconnect
Required tools

Post service test



Step 3: Remove the conditioner main PCA
● Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove four screws (callout 2) and the AC line filter
and cover.
● Disconnect one inline connector (callout 3), and then release the wire harness from the retainers
(callout 4).

Figure 1-1823 Remove the AC line filter and cover
2
1
4 ~
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the wire harnesses from the retainers (callout 2), and then release
one tab (callout 3).
3
2

4. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove five screws, and then remove the PCA.
NOTE: There are nine flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and 5 wire-harness connectors.
Figure 1-1826 Remove the conditioner main PCA









(callout 2).


duct (callout 2).

Step 9: Remove the HPR electrical interconnect
● Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
● Use needle-nose pliers to release two standoffs (callout 2).
● Release the wire harness from the retainer (callout 3), and then pull the wire harness through the slot
in the chassis (callout 4).
Figure 1-1849 Disconnect one connector and release the wire harnesses
4~
1
3
2. From the HPR side of the printer, remove two screws.

3. Pull the assembly straight out of the printer.
Figure 1-1851 Release the HPR EI
4. Remove the HPR electrical interconnect assembly.
Figure 1-1852 Remove the HPR electrical interconnect assembly

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the airflow assembly
● Step 4: Remove the AC controller module (ACCM)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the airflow repair kit (airflow assembly and AC
control module (ACCM).
● Airflow assembly
instructions.
Airflow repair kit part number
A7W93-67027 Airflow repair kit
● Airflow assembly
● AC control module (ACCM)
● Flat-flexible cable (FFC)
Required tools

Post service test
See step 11 (Special installation instructions: Airflow assembly) for post service test instructions.
Step 1: Remove the airflow assembly

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the left cover (callout 2).
Figure 1-1855 Remove one screw and the left cover

4. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the right cover (callout 2).
Figure 1-1856 Remove one screw and the right cover
5. At the left side of the airflow assembly, disconnect one connector (callout 1) and one flat-flexible cable
(FFC) (callout 2).
1 2

6. Loosen two screws (callout 1).
NOTE: These recessed screws are captive and cannot be removed.
7. Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down and away from the printer.
Figure 1-1859 Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down

8. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to release it.
CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC (at the left side of the airflow assembly) or the eject motor (on the
upper left-side of the airflow assembly) when removing the assembly.
NOTE: Slide the assembly as straight out as possible to avoid binding interference with the chassis. It
might take a considerable pulling force to release the bottom retainers.
TIP: Apply upward pressure to the inside bottom edge of the assembly to make it easier to remove.
Figure 1-1860 Slide the airflow assembly straight out of the printer
9. Remove the airflow assembly.
NOTE: When removing the airflow assembly to access other assemblies, place it on a soft surface to
avoid damage to the star wheels.
Figure 1-1861 Remove the airflow assembly


printers.


cage.


Step 4: Remove the AC controller module (ACCM)
● MFP models: Disconnect two (callout 1/2).
2
1

2
2
3. Release one FFC from the guide (callout 1).
Figure 1-1875 Release one FFC from the guide

5. Push up on the guide to release it, and then move it out of the way.
Reinstallation tip: There are some tabs on the sheet-metal side of the guide that install in corresponding
holes in the sheet-metal plate. The guide is flat against the sheet metal when it is correctly installed.

6. Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), push in on the FFC just below the ferrite (callout 2) to release a tab, and
then slide the ferrite down and out of the holder (callout 3).
1
2
3
7. Carefully pry out on the hinge portion of the lower FFC guide to separate it from the AC control module, and
then move it out of the way.
Figure 1-1879 Move the lower FFC guide out of the way

8. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2) on the sheet-metal plate, and then
remove two screws (callout 3) on the AC control module.
Reinstallation tip: Install the four sheet-metal plate screws (callout 2) after installing two screws
(callout 3) on the AC control module. Doing so allows the AC module and plate to be repositioned if the four
screw holes in the plate are not completely aligned with the corresponding threaded holes in the chassis.
Figure 1-1880 Disconnect one connector and remove six screws
3
2
9. Hold the sheet-metal bracket out of the way, and slide the AC control module to the left and away from the
printer.
10. Remove the AC control module.
Figure 1-1881 Remove the AC control module
11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also use the following special installation instructions.

Special installation instructions: Airflow repair kit
a. Take note of the mounting rail on the right side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the right side of the printer chassis.
Figure 1-1882 Airflow assembly right side mounting rail
b. Take note of the mounting rail on the left side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the left side of the printer chassis.
Figure 1-1883 Airflow assembly left side mounting rail
c. At the printer control panel, do the following:
i. Scroll to, and then select the Support Tools button.
ii. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

iii. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
iv. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.
v. Open the following menus:
● Component Tests
vi. Select the Airflow System Motors item, and then select the Start button.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the aerosol fan
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the aerosol fan.
instructions.
Aerosol fan part number
A7W93-67105 Aerosol fan
Required tools
Post service test



(FFC) (callout 2).
1 2


Step 2: Remove the aerosol fan
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2). and then release
the wire harness from the retainer (callout 3).
Figure 1-1893 Disconnect one FFC and connector

2. Partially peel the foam seal away from the airflow assembly covers.
NOTE: The foam seal does not need to be completely removed. Peel it back just far enough that the
covers can be separated (later in this procedure).
Figure 1-1894 Release the foam seal
3. Release the FFC from the guide.

4. Remove four screws, and then move the fan cover out of the way.
5. Remove the fan.
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 1-1897 Remove the fan
Special installation instructions: Aerosol fan
a. Take note of the mounting rail on the right side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the right side of the printer chassis.

Figure 1-1898 Airflow assembly right side mounting rail
b. Take note of the mounting rail on the left side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the left side of the printer chassis.
Figure 1-1899 Airflow assembly left side mounting rail
c. At the printer control panel, do the following:
i. Scroll to, and then touch the Support Tools button.
● 09078017 (MFP)

09076517 (SFP)
● Component Tests
vii. Select the Airflow System Motors item, and then select the Start button.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the service fluid container electrical interconnect
kit.
instructions.
Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit part number
A7W93-67102 Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
Required tools

Post service test


(callout 3).
1 3
2


release it.

to release it.

2
1


(callout 2).
1
2

identical.


when it is removed.

1 1
Step 5: Remove the service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2).

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).

3. Remove the interconnect PCA.
NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the printer chassis.
4. Use a finger to reach in behind the contact block, and then push it out of the holder.
Figure 1-1928 Remove the contact block
Special installation instructions: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit
▲ Before installing the contact block, take note of the correct installation orientation (below).

Figure 1-1929 Correct contact block orientation
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the ejection drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the ejection drive assembly.
instructions.
Ejection drive assembly part number
A7W93-67054 Ejection drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test


(FFC) (callout 2).
1 2




Step 3: Remove the ejection drive assembly
1. SFP models only: Remove one screw, and then remove the black-plastic support bracket
Figure 1-1943 Remove the bracket

2. Release the wire harness and cables form the guide (callout 1).
NOTE: SFP printer cables shown. An MFP printer has additional cables.
Figure 1-1944 Release the wire harness and cables
3. Loosen two thumbscrews, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

5. Release three pins, and then move the guide (callout 1) to the left to get it out of the way.
Figure 1-1947 Move the guide out of the way

6. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), loosen one screw (callout 2), and then rotate the guide
up (callout 3) and away from the chassis to move it out of the way.
NOTE: The screw is captive.
When the guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.
Figure 1-1948 Move the guide out of the way
1 2
3
7. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then release it from the guide (callout 2).

8. Loosen three screws (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
NOTE: The three drive gear screws (callout 1) are captive.
Reinstallation tip: The motor screws (callout 2) are shorter than other screws used in the printer. Make
sure that these screws are used when the ejection drive assembly installed.
9. At the left side of the printer, pass the ejection drive assembly FFC through the slot in the chassis.

10. Slightly raise the drive gear assembly, push up slightly on the motor to release it, and then remove the
motor.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the output bin
● Step 7: Remove the printhead assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the printhead assembly.
instructions.
Printhead assembly number
A7W93-67069 Printhead assembly with instruction guide
NOTE: The following parts are included:
● Fluid service container
● Shipping restrain (rear)
● Shipping restrain (front)
● Printhead wiper (installed in the printhead assembly)
● Start-up cartridge set

Required tools
Post service test
Print a page, and then the check the print quality.




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2

Step 6: Remove the output bin



instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





Step 7: Remove the printhead assembly
NOTE: The following procedure is for replacing a defective printhead assembly. Special instructions are
provided at the end of this procedure that must be followed to make sure that the replacement printhead
assembly installation is successful.
1. Remove the print cartridges, and then install the shipping fluid cap.
NOTE: Make sure that the start-up supplies (included with the replacement assembly) are used when the
power is turned on for the first time after replacing the printhead assembly.
Make sure that clean unused paper is loaded in Tray 2.
TIP: If the original fluid cap is not available, use the one that is installed in the replacement printhead
assembly.

Figure 1-1992 Install the fluid cap
2. Before proceeding, do the following:
Reinstallation tip: This is a removal only step. When installing the replacement printhead, skip this step
(the printhead wiper will already be in the home position).
a. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and under the
printhead), go to step3. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1 below), continue with
these sub steps.
Figure 1-1993 Printhead wiper out

b. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2; pull it
toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the printer. Continue to
turn the shaft until the wiper stops.
CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the printhead.
Figure 1-1994 Move the wiper into the printer
3. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.
CAUTION: Verify that the shipping restraint is locked in place.
Shipping restraints (supplied in the kit) must be used to avoid the following conditions:
● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.
● The replacement printhead assembly can become misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1995 Install the right-rear shipping restraint
4. Install the right-front shipping restraint.
CAUTION: Verify that the shipping restraint is locked in place.
Shipping restraints (supplied in the kit) must be used to avoid the following conditions:
● The replacement printhead assembly can become misaligned when it is installed.
Figure 1-1996 Install the right-front shipping restraint

5. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one screw (PB2;
callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).
IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1; callout 1), install
one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).
2
1
6. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).
1 2

7. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen one screw
(PB5; callout 2).
The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this printer, but screw
access is the same.
NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full counterclockwise/
clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4; callout 1), and
then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

8. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead assembly) until it
snaps into the locked position.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal chassis.
NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.
Figure 1-2000 Rotate the FFC guide down

10. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then carefully
slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.
IMPORTANT: Use the packaging material from the replacement printhead assembly to send the defective
part back to HP.
NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover away from the
printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.
Figure 1-2002 Remove the printhead assembly
1
3
Special installation instructions: Replacement printhead and wiper assembly
CAUTION: Before reinstalling the printer covers, follow the steps in this section to make sure that the
printhead assembly is correctly installed in the printer—it must be correctly aligned to prevent the wiper
from binding during printer operation.
a. Do the following:
a. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 1-2003 Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels
1
2
b. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs shown)
rest on the printer chassis.
IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the wiper
engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Figure 1-2003 Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1282.
Figure 1-2004 Partially install the printhead assembly

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover away
from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead assembly to fully
travel into the printer.
Figure 1-2005 Flex the corner of the lower front corner
d. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper movement
shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive wheels.
NOTE: If necessary, see Figure 1-2003 Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels
on page 1282.
Figure 1-2006 Disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive wheels

e. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the wiper
engagement racks with the drive wheels.
NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.
Figure 1-2007 Engage the wiper engagement racks from the drive wheels

f. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual wiper
movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.
IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on the wiper
do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to become misaligned
in the printer.
TIP: If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) from being fully in and will not slide in
any further, the mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be
protruding into the printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.
Figure 1-2008 Fully install the printhead assembly
g. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then PB3
(callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.
NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.
Figure 1-2009 Install screws PB 1/2/3
2
1

b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper shipping
restraints, and then do the following:
NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.
● Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2; pull it
toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn the
manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the printhead
(towards the right door).
CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement rack
disengage from the drive wheels. If necessary, see Figure 1-2003 Wiper engagement racks and
drive wheels on page 1282.
Figure 1-2010 Move the wiper away from the printhead

● Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully
raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move
the wiper to its home position under the printhead.
NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.
If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in the
printer chassis.
Figure 1-2011 Move the wiper to its home position
Special installation instructions: Printhead assembly (remove the service fluid container)
CAUTION: A replacement service fluid container is supplied with a replacement printhead assembly. The
replacement service fluid container must be installed before the printer power is turned on after installing
the replacement print head assembly. Follow the instruction below to remove the installed service fluid
container
IMPORTANT: Failure to install a replacement service fluid container might cause an over-flow ink
condition.
a. Open the left door.

b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the printer.

c. At the left side of the service fluid container mounting rails, rotate the blue latch to the open position.
d. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid
container to the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the service
fluid container (callout 3).
1 3
2
Install the replacement service fluid container
CAUTION: A replacement service fluid container is supplied with a replacement printhead assembly. The
replacement service fluid container must be installed before the printer power is turned on after installing
the replacement print head assembly. Follow the instructions below to install a replacement service fluid
container.
IMPORTANT: Failure to install a replacement service fluid container might cause an over-flow ink
condition.

NOTE: After the replacement fluid service container is installed, go to step 12.
a. Position the service fluid container right rail pin in the mounting rail (callout 1/2), and then rotate the
left rail mounting pin down and into the rail (callout 3).
Figure 1-2016 Install the service fluid container
2
1
b. At the left side of the service fluid mounting rails, rotate the blue latch to the closed position.
Figure 1-2017 Close the blue latch

c. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then push it straight into the printer.
Figure 1-2018 Push the service fluid container in
d. Close the left door.

Set up the replacement printhead assembly
IMPORTANT:
● Make sure that the start-up cartridges are installed before proceeding. Used cartridges might not
contain enough ink to validate and initialize the replacement printhead assembly.
● In the unlikely event that a supply is missing or defective, substitute a regular full trade supply for the
missing or defective supply. The initialization process uses a considerable amount of ink, so the
substitute supply must be new to avoid an out of ink condition during printhead initialization.
NOTE: The initialization process takes about 26 minutes to complete.
Several pages might print during this process. Discard these pages.
Once the initialization process begins, the installed replacement printhead is paired to the printer. If it is
removed before initialization begins, it is still considered a “new” printhead assembly.
TIP: The initialization processes use paper. Make sure that paper is loaded in the Tray 2.
a. Turn the printer power on (prompts appear on the control-panel display for the following steps).
b. When the Set up Printhead Assembly screen appears on the control-panel display, select the Start
button to begin the process.
c. When the Sign In screen appears on the control-panel display, type in the following service access
personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:
● 09078017 (MFP)
● 09076517 (SFP)
d. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.
NOTE: After singing in, the Advanced Service menu opens.
e. Several printhead validation screens appear on the control-panel display. When prompted, select the
Continue button to finish the printhead initialization.
IMPORTANT: When initializing is completed, the printhead is permanently paired to the printer.
NOTE: Do not turn the printer power off during printhead initialization.
Printing is not available while the printhead is initializing (other functions, like printer configuration
settings, might be available during this process.
Verify drop detect status
a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select Support Tools.
b. Select Service to display the Sign In screen.
● 09078017 (MFP)
● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.
f. Select the Service Reports item, select the Printhead checkbox, and then select the Printer icon to
print the report.
g. Verify that the 32. Drop Detect Status line item is Enabled.
h. If line item 32 is Disabled, do the following:
i. From the main Service menu screen, open the following menus:
● Calibration/Cleaning
ii. Select the Perform Drop Detect item, and then select the Start button.
Verify print quality
▲ Print a Print Quality Report, and then verify that the print quality is acceptable.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.
2. Open the following menus:
– Troubleshooting
– Print Quality Pages
3. Select the Print Quality Report item, and then select the Print button to print the page.
TIP: To get further assistance in print-quality troubleshooting, go to www.hp.com/support and select PQ

Troubleshooting Tools.
IMPORTANT: Use the packaging material from the replacement printhead assembly to send the defective part
back to HP.
2. Use the packaging material from the replacement PCA to send the defective part back to HP.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the standard output bin
● Step 6: Remove the supply interconnect kit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the supply interconnect kit.
instructions.

Supply interconnect kit part number
A7W93-67103 Supply interconnect kit
This kit includes the following printhead components:
● Flex needle (4)
● Spring, cartridge eject (4)
● Latch arm, cartridge (4)
● Spring, latch (4)
● PCA, acumen contact (1)
Required tools
IMPORTANT: Required for printers with an inline finisher configuration. If this short shaft driver is not
available, the printhead assembly must be removed to install the supply interconnect kit components. The
shaft and handle length combined should not exceed 83 mm (3.25 in).
Post service test





release it.
to release it.


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2

Step 5: Remove the standard output bin



instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





Step 6: Remove the supply interconnect kit
IMPORTANT: Inline finisher printers: These screws require a #10 TORX short shaft driver with a
magnetized tip.
If this short shaft driver is not available, the printhead assembly must be removed to install the supply
interconnect kit components. The shaft and handle length combined should not exceed 83 mm (3.25 in).
TIP: Inline finisher printers: If necessary, slightly push up on the upper bin moveable tray base to fit the
short shaft driver under it.

2. Remove the cartridge eject spring(s).
NOTE: Grasp the spring near the base, slightly squeeze it, rotate the spring counterclockwise to release it,
and then remove the spring.
Figure 1-2057 Remove the spring(s)

3. Pull the flex needle straight off the post to remove it.
Figure 1-2058 Remove the flex needle(s)
4. Slightly lift the spring end of the latch up.
TIP: Using a small flat-blade screwdriver might make removing the latch and spring easier.
Figure 1-2059 Lift the cartridge latch and spring

5. Rotate the latch to the left (callout 1; about 45 degrees from the installed position) to align the keyed shaft
with the slot in the base, and then lift it straight up to release it (callout 2).
Figure 1-2060 Release the cartridge latch and spring
6. Remove the cartridge latch and spring.
Reinstallation tip: Install the spring on the latch, and then install the latch/spring on the base.
Figure 1-2061 Remove the cartridge latch(es) and spring(s)

7. Move the guide out of the way, and then disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

9. Remove the acumen PCA.
Figure 1-2064 Remove the acumen PCA
Special installation instructions: Supply interconnect kit cartridge eject spring
▲ When the correctly installed, the end of the spring fits into a slot in the mounting base and the spring
is seated on the mounting base pedestal.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assemblies.
Figure 1-2065 Correctly install the cartridge eject spring

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Trough beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket and carriage kits
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor
and bracket kit and carriage assembly kit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (785z+/E77650z+/77660z+/P77940dn+).
instructions.

Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage assembly kit part numbers
A7W93-67061 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit
● TBODD motor
● TBODD motor bracket
● TBODD drive belt
A7W93-67060 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) carriage assembly kit
● TBODD drive belt
● TBODD drive belt tension assembly
● TBODD mylar encoder strip
● TBODD flat-flexible cables (FFCs)
● TBODD carriage and upper/sensor PCAs
Required tools
● #6 TORX driver
Post service test


printers.


cage.




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2




instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access other parts. If a
replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and Replacement: Printhead assembly
instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation instructions for replacement installations are
provided that must be followed to make sure a replacement assembly installation is successful.
NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the printhead to access
other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not necessary.
printhead, go to step 2. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1 below), continue with
these sub steps.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be used to avoid
the following conditions:
● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

2
1
1 2

(PB5; callout 2).
access is the same.


NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to access
other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if installed)
away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.
Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to access other
assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.
Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if interference is
felt.
If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the mounting screws
at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the printhead cavity. Use a magnetized
screwdriver to pull them back out.
1
3
Special installation instructions: Printhead and wiper assembly

1
2

on page 1355.

in the printer.

2
1

raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3) to move
printer chassis.

Step 8: Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket and carriage kits
This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

way.
4. Use a #6 TORX driver to turn the TBODD drive worm gear clockwise (callout 1) to move the TBODD carriage
into the printer (callout 2).
Figure 1-2134 Move the TBODD carriage into the printer

5. Pull the TBODD carriage fully into the printer.
Figure 1-2135 Pull the TBODD carriage fully into the printer
6. At the rear of the printer, release the encoder strip (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: When the encoder strip is reinstalled, fasten the strip on the hook at front of the
printer, and then pull it tight against the tension assembly—this allows the strip to stretch far enough that
it can be easily fastened to the hook on the motor bracket.
Figure 1-2136 Release the encoder strip (rear)

7. At the front of the printer, release the encoder strip (callout 1).
Figure 1-2137 Release the encoder strip (front)
8. Carefully pass the encoder strip through the opening in the chassis to remove it.
NOTE: The encoder strip is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the motor and bracket
kit).
Figure 1-2138 Remove the encoder strip
9. To remove the TBODD carriage drive belt, motor worm gear, and the motor/bracket, do the following:
a. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1)
IMPORTANT: These two screws are different than those used elsewhere in the printer. make sure
these two short shoulder screws are used to reinstall the tension assembly.

b. Remove the encoder strip mounting clip (callout 1)
NOTE: The mounting clip is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the motor and
bracket kit).
Figure 1-2140 Remove the mounting clip

c. Pull the TBODD drive belt bracket away from the chassis to release it (callout 1), rotate the top of the
bracket to the left (callout 2), and then partially pass the bracket through the hole in the chassis
(callout 3) to release the tension on the drive belt.
NOTE: The bracket is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the motor and bracket
kit).
Figure 1-2141 Remove the drive belt bracket
2
3
1
d. At the rear of the printer, release the belt (callout 1) from the gear (callout 2), and then rotate the
right end of the shaft away from the holder (callout 3) to remove the gear and shaft.
Figure 1-2142 Release the TBODD drive belt and gear

e. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
f. Remove three screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Before removing the last screw, support the motor/bracket assembly.

g. Remove the TBODD motor/bracket assembly.
CAUTION: The captive printhead assembly screws (PB4 and PB5; callout 1) are not captive when the
motor/bracket assembly is removed.
Figure 1-2145 Remove the TBODD motor/bracket assembly

h. Before proceeding, note the registration boss on the drive belt.
Figure 1-2146 TBODD drive belt registration boss
i. Pinch the belt on each side of the holder on the carriage, and then rotate the belt (and registration
boss) away from the carriage to remove it.
NOTE: The drive belt is included in the both carriage kit and in the motor and bracket kit).
Figure 1-2147 Remove the TBODD drive belt
10. To remove the TBODD carriage, upper/sensor PCAs, and FFCs (with support bar), do the following:
Reinstallation tip: For a TBODD motor and bracket kit, skip the remaining steps in this section and reverse
the previous removal steps to install the kit. For a TBODD carriage kit, continue with the following steps
below.
a. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release one ferrite (callout 2)

Figure 1-2148 Disconnect one connector and release the ferrite
1
2
b. Remove two screws (callout 1) to release the guide.

c. Side carriage toward the rear of the printer until the retainer on the leading edge of the carriage can
rotate up and off of the shaft.
Figure 1-2150 Release the leading edge of the TBODD carriage
d. Carefully pull up on the trailing edge of the carriage to release it.
NOTE: It might take considerable force to unsnap the trailing edge of the carriage from the shaft.
Figure 1-2151 Release the trailing edge of the TBODD carriage

e. Carefully pull up on the trailing edge of the carriage to release it.
NOTE: It might take considerable force to unsnap the trailing edge of the carriage from the shaft.
Figure 1-2152 Release the trailing edge of the TBODD carriage
f. Support the TBODD carriage, release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the support bar/FFCs
assembly through the opening in the chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-2153 Remove the TBODD support bar/FFCs

g. Remove the TBODD assembly.
Figure 1-2154 Remove the TBODD assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front deskew and rear deskew reflective edge
detection interrupter (REDI) sensors.
instructions.
Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors part number
A7W93-67076 Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
Required tools

Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2




instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





these sub steps.



2
1
1 2

(PB5; callout 2).
access is the same.



felt.
1
3

1
2

on page 1355.

in the printer.

2
1

printer chassis.
Step 8: Remove the front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
1. Remove two screws (callout 1), lift the sensors (callout 2) up, and then disconnect the flat-flexible cables
(FFCs) (callout 3) to remove the deskew REDI sensors.

Figure 1-2213 Remove the deskew REDIs
2
1
Special installation instructions: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
a. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.
b. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the eject flap drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the eject flap drive assembly.
instructions.
Eject flap drive assembly part number
A7W93-67049 Eject flap drive assembly
Required tools

Post service test




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2




instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





these sub steps.



2
1
1 2

(PB5; callout 2).
access is the same.



felt.
1
3

1
2

on page 1355.

in the printer.

2
1

printer chassis.
Step 8: Remove the eject flap drive assembly
1. Locate the eject flap drive assembly.

Figure 1-2272 Locate the eject flap drive assembly

3. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the eject flap drive assembly.
Figure 1-2274 Remove the eject flap drive assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the image sensor and motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the image sensor and motor.
instructions.
Image sensor and motor part number
A7W93-67063 Image sensor and motor
Required tools

Post service test




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2




instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





these sub steps.



2
1
1 2

(PB5; callout 2).
access is the same.



felt.
1
3

1
2

on page 1355.

in the printer.

2
1

printer chassis.
Step 8: Remove the image sensor and motor
1. Remove seven screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2333 Remove seven screws
Reinstallation tip: When correctly reinstalled, the cover fits flat against the chassis. If the cover is not flat
against the chassis, remove it and then make sure the Image sensor assembly is correctly installed.

3. Carefully lift the Image sensor at the flat-flexible cable (FFC) end, and then gently pull up on the FFC to
release it.
IMPORTANT: Avoid touching the glass. Skin oils and finger prints can cause print-quality problems.
Reinstallation tip: If a replacement FFC is installed, a protective backing might need to be removed to
expose the sticky side of the FFC.
Figure 1-2335 Remove the FFC
4. Depress one tab (callout 1), slide the ferrite to the left (callout 2) to remove it, and then disconnect one FFC
(callout 3).
Remove the Image sensor.
Figure 1-2336 Release the ferrite and disconnect the FFC

5. Remove the motor drive gears (callout 1).
Figure 1-2337 Remove the motor drive gears

7. Slide the ground clip off the motor bracket to remove it.
Figure 1-2339 Remove the ground clip
8. Lift the motor out of the printer, and then disconnect one FFC (callout 1) to remove it.
Figure 1-2340 Remove the image sensor motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor
● Introduction
● Step 9: Remove the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form
reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.
instructions.
Upper paper guide assembly part number
A7W93-67053 Upper paper guide assembly
NOTE: The upper paper guide assembly includes the top-of-form reflective edge
detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

Required tools
NOTE: Needle-nose pliers make removing and installing small FFCs easier.
Post service test




release it.
to release it.


2
1


2
1

(callout 2).
1
2


identical.


when it is removed.
1 1




instructions.

2
1

(callout 2).
1
2





these sub steps.



2
1
1 2

(PB5; callout 2).
access is the same.



felt.
1
3

1
2

on page 1355.

in the printer.

2
1

printer chassis.
Step 9: Remove the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.

Figure 1-2407 Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite
1 2
2. Remove five screws (callout 1/2).
NOTE: Two sheet-metal screws (callout 1) and three self-tapping screws (callout 2).

3. Slightly lift up the upper paper guide assembly (callout 1), slide the assembly towards the rear of the
printer (callout 2), and then rotate the front end of the assembly to the left (callout 3) to release it.
NOTE: As the assembly is removed/installed, pass the FFC through the opening in the chassis,
Figure 1-2409 Release the upper paper guide assembly
4. Remove the upper paper guide assembly.
Figure 1-2410 Remove the upper paper guide assembly
Special installation instructions: Upper paper guide assembly (1 of 2)
▲ Slightly lift up on the through beam optical detect (TBODD) carriage (callout 1), and then insert the
end of the upper paper guide marked “REAR” through the hole in the chassis.

Figure 1-2411 Lift up on the TBODD carriage
Special installation instructions: Upper paper guide assembly (2 of 2)
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Trays
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders
NOTE: The high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder trays are customer self-repair (CSR) assemblies.
Removal and replacement procedures for the HCI trays are in the CSR section of the printer repair manual.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the tray
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace Tray 2 (A3), and all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders.
Do not use a paper tray as a step.
instructions.
Tray 2 (A3), and all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders part numbers
A7X02-67006 Tray 2 (A3) and optional 1X550-sheet input feeders trays
Required tools

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the tray
correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration and for all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders.
▲ Pull the tray out of the printer until it stops, slightly lift the front of the tray up, and then pull it out of the
printer to remove it.
Figure 1-2412 Remove the tray or trays

instructions.
Removal and replacement: Accessories

● Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory
● Install accessory: Internal USB ports
● Install accessory: Foreign interface harness (FIH)
● Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly

Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory
● Introduction
● Step 3: Unpack the accessory
● Step 4: Install the SODIMM
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the small outline dual in-line memory module
(SODIMM) accessory.
instructions.
Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory part numbers
E5K48-67902 SODIMM with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test

Step 3: Unpack the accessory

instructions.
Step 4: Install the SODIMM
1. Insert the SODIMM in the holder.
TIP: The SODIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.
Figure 1-2417 Insert the SODIMM

2. Rotate the SODIMM toward the holder (callout 1), and then make sure that the two locking arms snap into
place (callout 2).
Figure 1-2418 Install the SODIMM
2
1



Install accessory: Internal USB ports
● Introduction
● Step 4: Install the internal USB ports
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to install the internal USB ports.
Click here to view a video of this procedure
instructions.
Internal USB ports part numbers
B5L28-67902 Two internal USB ports
Required tools
Post service test


Remove the accessory from its package. Save all packaging for recycling.
For complete information about HP recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling.

Step 4: Install the internal USB ports
1. Remove the following items from the accessory kit:
● The small PCA board
● The PCA mounting cradle
● The shortest single cable (B5L46-60115)
Figure 1-2427 Select accessory kit items
B5L46-60115
B5L24-60106
F2A76-60115
E6B67-60104
a. Hold the small PCA and the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.
b. Align the cutouts on the PCA on the tabs of the PCA mounting cradle.
c. Install the small PCA on the PCA mounting cradle.
NOTE: The PCA snaps onto the mounting cradle

Figure 1-2428 Mount the PCA on the PCA mounting cradle and snap it in place
3. Connect the cable to the small PCA.
Figure 1-2429 Connect the cable
a. Hold the small PCA attached to the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.
b. On the left side of the formatter case area, locate the sheet metal tab and slots (callout 1).

Figure 1-2430 Locate the sheet metal tab and slots
5. Slide the PCA mounting cradle onto the sheet metal tab callout 1), and then snap the tab into the sheet-
metal slot (callout 2).
NOTE: Make sure that the mounting cradle is securely fastened to the formatter case.
Figure 1-2431 Install the assembly

6. Connect the cable to the formatter.
Figure 1-2432 Connect the cable



Install accessory: Foreign interface harness (FIH)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Install the foreign interface harness (FIH)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to install the foreign interface harness (FIH).
instructions.
Foreign interface harness (FIH) part number
B5L31-67902 Foreign interface harness (FIH)
Required tools
Post service test
Remove the new part from its package. Save all packaging for recycling.
For complete information on HP's recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling.

Step 2: Install the foreign interface harness (FIH)
▲ Locate the USB port on the printer, and then plug the USB end of the FIH cable into the printer USB port.
Figure 1-2437 Plug the FIH cable into the printer USB port

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 5: Install the punch assembly (finisher)
● Step 6: Install the front door (finisher)
● Step 7: Install the top cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Install the left top cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the stapler/stacker (S/S) punch assembly in the
finisher.
instructions.
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
SL-HPU501T
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Hole punch (2/3 hole)
SL-HPU501F
● Hole punch (2/4 hole)

SL-HPU501S
● Hole punch (Swedish)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● X-acto knife (optional)
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the left top cover (finisher)
1. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.
Figure 1-2438 Disconnect finisher connector

2. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher away from the
Figure 1-2439 Separate the finisher from the printer
1
2
3. Remove two screws

4. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the
rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-2441 Remove the left top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)

2. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.
Figure 1-2443 Remove three screws (front side)
3. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.
Figure 1-2444 Remove three screws (top side)

4. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.
Figure 1-2445 Remove three screws (rear side)
5. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then
release one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 1-2446 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

6. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-2448 Remove two screws (left side)

2. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.
Figure 1-2449 Remove two screws (front side)
3. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.
Figure 1-2450 Remove the front door assembly

instructions.
Step 5: Install the punch assembly (finisher)
1. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws.

2. Pull the sheet-metal bracket straight out of the chassis to remove it.
Figure 1-2452 Remove the sheet-metal bracket
3. Remove the shipping tape from the punch assembly if it is present.
Figure 1-2453 Remove the shipping tape

4. Slide the punch assembly into the chassis.
Figure 1-2454 Install the punch assembly
5. Install one screw.
CAUTION: The punch assembly must be flat against the chassis before installing the screw. If is not,
partially remove the assembly and reinstall it. There is a tab on the far end of the assembly that fits into a
slot in the chassis.
NOTE: This screw is supplied with the kit.
Figure 1-2455 Install one screw

7. Open the rear door.
Figure 1-2457 Open the rear door

8. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to carefully remove the blank cover.
NOTE: Pry the blank cover out and away from the inner cover so that it does not fall into the cavity behind
it (it might be difficult to reach in and remove it).
TIP: It might be easier to remove the cover if you use an X-acto knife to cut through some of the ribs that
adjoin it to the inner cover.
9. Install the chad drawer.
Figure 1-2459 Install the chad drawer

10. Remove the protective backing from the customer label, and then affix the label to the inner cover (as
shown below).
Figure 1-2460 Apply the customer label
Step 6: Install the front door (finisher)
1. Install the front door assembly.
Figure 1-2461 Install the front door assembly

2. Open the front door, and then install two screws.
Figure 1-2462 Install two screws (front side)
3. At the left side of the finisher, install two screws.
Figure 1-2463 Install two screws (left side)
Step 7: Install the top cover (finisher)
1. Install the top cover.

Figure 1-2464 Install the top cover
2. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, connect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then engage
one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 1-2465 Disconnect one connector and release retainer

3. Install three screws.
Figure 1-2466 Install three screws (top side)
4. Install two screws.
Figure 1-2467 Install two screws

5. Open the front door, and then install three screws.
Figure 1-2468 Install three screws (front side)
6. Open the rear door, and then install three screws.
Figure 1-2469 Install three screws (rear side)
Step 8: Install the left top cover (finisher)
1. Engage the front edge of the cover with the front door assembly (callout 1), and then rotate the rear edge
of the cover toward the chassis (callout 2) to install it.

Figure 1-2470 Install the left top cover
1
2
2. Install two screws
Figure 1-2471 Install two screws

3. Slide the finisher toward the printer to engage it.
Figure 1-2472 Connect the finisher to the printer
Figure 1-2473 Connect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Input accessories
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders
● Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all of the procedures are correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the 3x550-
sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet feeders.
Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front
cover
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch
assemblies
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick
clutch(es)
● Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors
● Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller
arm(s)
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assemblies

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and
3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover part numbers
A7W95-67001 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
NOTE: The 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet, 3x550-sheet feeder, and HCI
all use the same rear cover.
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet
and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for both sheet
feeders.

2. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder right door
(callout 2).
Figure 1-2475 Open the sheet feeder right door

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear cover.
TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.
Figure 1-2476 Release the rear cover
4. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.
Figure 1-2477 Release the front edge of the cover

5. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.
Figure 1-2478 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory
6. Remove the accessory rear cover.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
Introduction
3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover.
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover part numbers
A7W95-67003 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
A7W95-67004 3x550-sheet feeder front spanner
Required tools
Post service test

feeders.
1. 3x550-sheet feeder only: Remove the trays, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the lower
inner front cover (callout 2).
Figure 1-2480 Remove the lower inner front cover
2. Remove the trays and or storage bin, and then remove six screws (callout 1).

3. Rotate the top of the inner front cover away from the sheet feeder to remove it.
Figure 1-2482 Remove the inner front cover
instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door
Introduction
3x550-sheet feeder right door.
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door part numbers
A7W95-67021 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right door
A7W95-67016 3x550-sheet feeder right door
Required tools
Post service test
feeders.

(callout 2).


Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door
feeders.

(callout 2).

3. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), release each ferrite (callout 2) from the holders, and
then release the FFCs from the retainers (callout 3).
NOTE: The 1x550-sheet feeder only has the small FFC.
Figure 1-2491 Disconnect two FFCs and release each ferrite
Reinstallation tip: If a replacement right door is installed, transfer the retention strap from the discarded
door to the replacement assembly.


7. Slightly flex the top inner corner of the right door cover away from the door.
Figure 1-2495 Flex the top inner corner right door
8. Lift the door straight up to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC(s) when removing the door.
Figure 1-2496 Remove the sheet feeder right door

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder right inner cover.
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover part number
A7W95-67011 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover
feeders.

(callout 2).

4. Lift the right inner cover up to remove it.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder printed
circuit assemblies (PCA).
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assembly (PCA) part numbers
A7X02-67005 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit
assembly (PCA)
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the appropriate sheet feeder as the source tray.
feeders.

(callout 2).


Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assembly (PCA)
feeders.
1. Locate the sheet feeder PCA(s).

Figure 1-2507 Locate the sheet feeder PCA(s)
2. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the cover away from the chassis, and then remove the
cover.
Figure 1-2508 Release one tab and remove the cover
1
2

3. Disconnect four flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then
remove two screws (callout 3) to remove the sheet feeder PCA.
Figure 1-2509 Remove the sheet PCA
2
3
instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch
assemblies.
instructions.
1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assembly part numbers
A7W93-67034 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders latch assembly
Required tools
Post service test
feeders.

(callout 2).


Step 2: Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assembly
feeders.
1. Locate the sheet feeder latch(es).

Figure 1-2516 Locate the sheet feeder latch(es)
2. Release two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) from the top of the latch assembly (callout 1).
Figure 1-2517 Release two FFCs

4. Slightly rotate the front edge of the latch up to release it, and then remove the HCI latch.
Figure 1-2519 Remove the HCI latch

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch(es)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick
clutches.
instructions.
1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch part numbers
A7W93-67078 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.
feeders.

(callout 2).


Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch
feeders.
1. Locate the sheet feeder tray pick clutch.

Figure 1-2527 Locate the sheet feeder tray pick clutch

4. Remove the sheet feeder tray pick clutch.
Figure 1-2530 Remove the sheet feeder tray pick clutch

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550 and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect
sensors.
instructions.
1x550 and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor part number
A7W93-67023 1x550 and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the 3x550-sheet
feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet feeders.
1. Remove the tray, and then locate the sheet feeder width detect sensor.
Figure 1-2531 Locate the sheet feeder width detect sensor

separate it from the printer.
CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to
4. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the sheet feeder width detect sensor.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift
assembly.
instructions.
1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly part number
A7W93-67022 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the 3x550-sheet
feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet feeders.
1. Remove the tray, and then locate the sheet feeder lift assembly.
Figure 1-2535 Locate the sheet feeder lift assembly
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1).

CAUTION: The lift assembly is still attached to the sheet feeder by a FFC. Do not attempt to completely
remove the assembly.
4. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the sheet feeder lift assembly.
Figure 1-2538 Disconnect one FFC and remove the sheet feeder lift assembly
Special installation instructions: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly
▲ When installing the assembly, make sure that the tab on the assembly is in the arm on the pickup
roller arm shaft.

Figure 1-2539 Check the tab on the lift assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
● Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller
arm(s).
instructions.
1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm part number
A7W93-67079 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the pickup roller arm was replaced as the source tray.

Step 1: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
feeders.

Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
feeders.

2. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the sheet feeder to release the opposite end of the
shaft.
Special installation instructions: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup
roller arm(s)
(callout 3).

assembly.
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
● Step 3: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm
● Step 4: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assembly
Introduction
3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies.
instructions.
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assembly part number
A7W93-67031 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assembly
Required tools

Post service test
feeders.

(callout 2).


Step 2: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
feeders.

Step 3: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm
feeders.

2. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the sheet feeder to release the opposite end of the
shaft.

Special installation instructions: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup
roller arm(s)
(callout 3).
assembly.
1
2

Step 4: Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assembly
feeders.
1. At the rear of the sheet feeder, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs), and one connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-2562 Disconnect two FFCs and one connector

(callout 2).

4. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab and slightly rotate the bottom edge of the paper path roller
cover away from the sheet feeder (callout 2), and then lift up on the cover (callout 3) to remove it.
Figure 1-2565 Remove the paper path roller cover
2
1
NOTE: If four screws are present, remove the two most inner screws.

6. Support the sheet feeder separation assembly, and then push the left end (the end nearest the front of the
feeder) into the tray cavity.
Figure 1-2567 Release the separation assembly
Special installation instructions: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder
separation assemblies
a. If a replacement assembly is installed, install the black plastic mounting bracket from the discarded
assembly on the replacement assembly, and then install two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2569 Remove the assembly mounting bracket
b. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.

c. Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-2571 Mounting slots in the chassis
instructions.

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder
● Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor
● Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover
● Removal and replacement: HCI inner front cover
● Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette
● Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s)
● Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies
● Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors
● Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors
● Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies
● Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies
● Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly
● Removal and replacement: HCI right door
● Removal and replacement: HCI left cover

Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI tunnel REDI sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tunnel reflective
edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.
instructions.
HCI tunnel REDI sensor part numbers
A7W93-67076 REDI sensor
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the HCI tunnel REDI sensor

1 1
2 2

4. Grasp the green handle, and then pull the HCI jam cassette straight out of the HCI.
Figure 1-2575 Pull the HCI jam cassette out

5. Look up into the tray cavity, and then locate the HCI tunnel REDI sensor.
Figure 1-2576 Locate the HCI tunnel REDI sensor
6. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the senor holder towards the back of the HCI (callout 2, and then slightly
slide it to the right (callout 3) to release it.
CAUTION: The sensor and holder are still connected to the HCI by a flat-flexible cable. Do not attempt to
Figure 1-2577 Release the sensor holder

1
3
2

7. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the REDI sensor (callout 2) from the holder.
Figure 1-2578 Remove the HCI tunnel REDI sensor
2
1
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) rear cover.
instructions.
HCI rear cover part numbers
A7W95-67001 HCI rear cover
NOTE: The HCI, 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet, and 3x550-sheet feeder
all use the same rear cover.
Required tools
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the HCI rear cover


4. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

5. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.
Figure 1-2583 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI
6. Remove the HCI rear cover.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI inner front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI inner front cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) inner cover.
instructions.
HCI front inner cover part numbers
A7W97-67003 HCI front inner cover
A7W97-67004 HCI front inner lower cover
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the HCI inner front cover
1 1
2 2

1 1
2 2
3. Remove seven screws, and then remove the HCI inner front cover.
NOTE: Two of these screws (callout 1) require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.
Figure 1-2587 Remove the HCI inner front cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI jam cassette
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) jam cassette.
instructions.
HCI jam cassette part number
A7W97-67010 HCI jam cassette
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer and use the HCI as the paper source.
Step 1: Remove the HCI jam cassette


3. Grasp the green handle, and then pull the HCI jam cassette straight out of the HCI.
Figure 1-2590 Pull the HCI jam cassette out
4. Support the cassette, and then push outward on the rail to release the pin on the left side of the cassette.
Figure 1-2591 Release the left side cassette rail

5. Support the cassette, and then push outward on the rail to release the pin on the right side of the cassette.
Figure 1-2592 Release the right side cassette rail
6. Remove the HCI jam cassette.
Figure 1-2593 Remove the cassette

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI pickup roller arm
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) pickup roller arm(s).
instructions.
HCI pickup roller arm(s) part numbers
A7W93-67079 HCI pickup roller arm(s)
Required tools
Post service test

1 1
2 2

1 1
2 2
Step 2: Remove the HCI pickup roller arm
NOTE: Removing the left HCI pickup roller arm is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same for the right
pickup arm.


3. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.
Figure 1-2599 Remove the HCI pickup roller arm
Special installation instructions: HCI pickup roller arm(s)
▲ Install the assembly shaft into the hole in the HCI chassis, and make sure that the slotted arm on the
pickup roller installs over the tab (callout 1).
Figure 1-2600 Install the HCI pickup roller arm(s)

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI pickup roller arm
● Step 4: Remove the HCI separation assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) separation
assemblies.
instructions.
HCI separation assemblies part numbers
A7W93-67088 HCI separation assemblies
Required tools

Post service test
1 1
2 2

1 1
2 2
Step 2: Remove the HCI pickup roller arm
NOTE: Removing the left HCI pickup roller arm is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same for the right
pickup arm.


3. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.
Figure 1-2606 Remove the HCI pickup roller arm



Step 4: Remove the HCI separation assembly
NOTE: Removing the left HCI separation assembly is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same for the
right separation assembly.
1. At the rear of the HCI, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-2614 Disconnect FFCs and connector
2. Remove three screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the sheet-metal plate.
NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is a machine screw, and two screws (callout 2) are self-tapping screws.
Figure 1-2615 Remove three screws and the sheet-metal plate

3. HCI left separation assembly only: Look up into the right tray cavity, and then loosen, but do not remove,
two screws.
NOTE: Loosening these screws provides some clearance between the separation assembly and the
chassis.
4. Slightly slide the front end of the assembly forward, and then rotate it down and to the left, pull it straight
out of the HCI to release it.

Special installation instructions: HCI separation assemblies
a. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.

b. Left separation assembly: Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis
Figure 1-2620 Left separation assembly mounting holes
c. Right separation assembly: Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis
Reinstallation tip: Open the HCI right door to get a better view of the right separation assembly
mounting holes.
Figure 1-2621 Right separation assembly mounting holes

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI tray presence sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray presence
sensors.
instructions.
HCI tray presence sensor part numbers
A7W93-67040 HCI tray presence sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the HCI tray presence sensor
NOTE: Removing the left HCI tray presence sensor is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same for the
right tray presence sensor.
1. Right HCI tray presence sensor: Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right
retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:
1 1
2 2
2. Left HCI tray presence sensor: Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right

1 1
2 2
3. Look into the tray cavity, and then locate the tray presence sensor.
Figure 1-2625 Locate the sensor

4. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the tray
presence sensor (callout 3).
1 2 3
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI tray width detect sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) width detect
sensors.
instructions.
HCI tray width detect sensor part numbers
A7W93-67023 HCI tray width detect sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the HCI tray width detect sensor
NOTE: Removing the left HCI tray width detect sensor is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same for
the right tray width detect sensor.
1. Right HCI tray width detect sensor: Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and
right retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:
1 1
2 2
2. Left HCI tray width detect sensor: Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right

1 1
2 2
3. Look into the tray cavity, and then locate the tray width detect sensor.
Figure 1-2629 Locate the sensor

separate it from the HCI.
CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the HCI by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt to
Figure 1-2631 Release the sensor

6. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the HCI tray width sensor.
Figure 1-2632 Disconnect one FFC and then remove the sensor
Special installation instructions: HCI width detect sensor
▲ If the FFC does not protrude far enough into the tray cavity to connect to the sensor, remove the rear
cover. Release the sensor FFC from the guide (callout 1 is the right side sensor; callout 2 is the left
side sensor), and then push the FFC into the tray cavity.
Figure 1-2633 Release the sensor FFC
2 1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) printed circuit
assembly (PCA).
instructions.
HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA) part numbers
A7X02-67005 HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA)
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI as the source tray.



Step 2: Remove the HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA)
1. Locate the HCI PCA(s).
NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most PCA (callout 1) is the right tray PCA, and the right
most PCA (callout 2) is the left tray PCA.

Figure 1-2640 Locate the HCI PCA(s)
2. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the cover away from the chassis, and then remove the
cover.
Figure 1-2641 Release one tab and remove the cover

3. Disconnect four flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then
remove three screws (callout 3) to remove the HCI PCA.
NOTE: The left tray PCA only has three FFCs and one connector.
Figure 1-2642 Remove the HCI PCA
3
2
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI latch assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) latch assemblies.
instructions.
HCI latch part numbers
A7W93-67034 HCI latch
Required tools
Post service test



Step 2: Remove the HCI latch assembly
1. Locate the HCI latch(es).
NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most latch (callout 1) is the right tray latch, and the
right most PCA (callout 2) is the left tray latch.

Figure 1-2649 Locate the HCI latch(es)
1 2

3. Slightly rotate the front edge of the latch up to release it, and then remove the HCI latch.
Figure 1-2651 Remove the HCI latch

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray pick clutch and
jam cassette drive assembly.
instructions.
HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly part numbers
A7W93-67078 HCI tray pick clutch
A7W97-67011 Jam cassette drive assembly
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.



Step 2: Remove the HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly
1. Locate the HCI tray pick clutch.
NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most motor assembly (callout 1) is the right tray pick
clutch, and the right most motor assembly (callout 2) is the left tray pick clutch.

Figure 1-2659 Locate the HCI tray pick clutches
1 2

4. Remove the HCI tray pick clutch.
Figure 1-2662 Remove the HCI tray pick clutch

5. Optional step: Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the jam cassette drive assembly.
Figure 1-2663 Remove the HCI jam cassette drive assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI tray lift motor assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray lift motor
assembly.
instructions.
HCI tray lift motor assembly part numbers
A7W97-67006 HCI tray lift motor assembly
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI tray with the replaced lift drive assembly as the source tray.



Step 2: Remove the HCI tray lift motor assembly
1. Locate the HCI tray lift motor(s).
NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most motor (callout 1) is the right tray lift motor, and
the right most motor (callout 2) is the left tray lift motor.

Figure 1-2670 Locate the HCI lift motor(s)
1 2
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.
1
2

4. Remove the HCI tray lift motor assembly.
Figure 1-2673 Remove the HCI tray lift motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI right door
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the HCI right door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) right door.
instructions.
HCI right door part numbers
A7W97-67009 HCI right door
Required tools
Post service test



Step 2: Remove the HCI right door
1. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the right tray printed circuit assembly (PCA) cover away
from the chassis, and then remove the cover.
NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most PCA cover is the right tray PCA.

Figure 1-2680 Remove the right tray PCA cover
2. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder, and then
release the FFC from the retainers (callout 3).
2 1
3


Reinstallation tip: If a replacement door is installed, transfer the right door strap form the discarded right
door to the replacement right door.

8. Slightly flex the right door cover away from the door assembly (callout 1), and then lift up on the door
assembly to release it (callout 2) from the hinges.
CAUTION: Do not damage the right door FFC (callout 3) when releasing the door.
Figure 1-2687 Release the HCI right door
3
2

9. Remove the HCI right door.
Figure 1-2688 Remove the HCI right door
instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HCI left tray
● Step 3: Remove the HCI left cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) left cover.
instructions.
HCI right door part numbers
A7W95-67002 HCI left cover
Required tools
● #10 short shaft driver with a magnetized tip
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the HCI left tray
1. Pull the left tray out of the HCI until it stops.
1 1
2 2



Step 3: Remove the HCI left cover

2. Slide the cover toward the front of the HCI to remove it.
Special installation instructions: HCI left cover
▲ After installing the cover, look inside the left tray cavity and make sure that the two inner middle clips
are engaged with the HCI chassis.

Figure 1-2699 Check the HCI left cover clips
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output accessories
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher

● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine)
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit
● Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher rear cover.
instructions.
Inline finisher rear cover part number
J7Z09-67922 Inline finisher upper rear cover
Required tools
Post service test





instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA cover.
instructions.
Inline finisher MPCA cover part numbers
J7Z09-67982 Inline finisher MPCA cover
Required tools
Post service test






2
1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the inline finisher MPCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA.
instructions.
Inline finisher MPCA part number
J7Z09-67960 Inline finisher MPCA
Required tools
Post service test
Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.






2
1
Step 4: Remove the inline finisher MPCA
▲ Disconnect all of the flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and connectors, remove two screws, and then remove the
MPCA.

Figure 1-2733 Remove the MPCA (inline finisher)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher vertical cable cover.
instructions.
Inline finisher vertical cable cover part number
J7Z09-67977 Inline finisher vertical cable cover
Required tools
Post service test






2
1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher front cover.
instructions.
Inline finisher front cover part numbers
J7Z09-67953 Inline finisher front cover
Required tools
Post service test
remove it.



5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.
(callout 2).
1 2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the inline finisher right cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher right cover.
instructions.
Inline finisher right cover part numbers
J7Z09-67954 Inline finisher right cover
Required tools

Post service test




remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
Step 5: Remove the inline finisher right cover


3. Slightly slide the cover towards the rear of the printer.
Figure 1-2780 Slide the cover to the rear
4. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up (callout 2) to
remove it.
2
1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/
diverter kit.
instructions.
Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit part numbers
J7Z09-67958 Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
Required tools
Post service test





Step 3: Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
1. Open the printer left door, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the black plastic door trim
(callout 2).

2. Remove two screws, and then remove the sheet-metal retainer plate (callout 2).
1
2
3. Support the extension/diverter assembly, and then remove two screws.

4. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.
5. Lift up on the cover to remove it.

6. Remove two screws, and then remove the cover (callout 1).
Figure 1-2796 Remove two screws and the cover
7. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove the ferrite from the holder.

8. Remove the ferrite.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are different (shoulder screws) than other screws used in the printer.
Make sure to use these screws when reinstalling the assembly.
11. Remove the transition ribbing.
Figure 1-2801 Remove the transition ribbing

12. Lift the diverter straight up to release it.
Figure 1-2802 Release the diverter
13. While removing the diverter, pass the FFC through the opening in the door chassis.
Figure 1-2803 Remove the diverter

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher ejection path assembly.
instructions.
Inline finisher ejection path assembly part numbers
J7Z09-67966 Inline finisher ejection path assembly
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

(callout 2).
1 2

1 2 3

2
1 1

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the inline finisher upper bin motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher upper bin motor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (744/785/P77440/P77940-P77960 series).
instructions.
Inline finisher upper bin motor part numbers
J7Z09-67963 Inline finisher upper bin motor
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

Step 5: Remove the inline finisher upper bin motor
1 2

1
2 3
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the motor, and then release the belt (callout 2).
Figure 1-2837 Remove one screw and release the belt

4. Rotate the motor assembly to the right.
Figure 1-2838 Rotate the motor
5. Remove the motor assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Engage the belt before positioning the assembly on the finisher chassis.
Figure 1-2839 Remove the motor assembly
Special installation instructions: inline finisher upper bin motor
▲ Push in on the motor and make sure that it moves freely, and then tighten the locking shoulder
screw.

NOTE: Make sure that the motor is in the extended (out) position before tightening the screw.
Figure 1-2840 Tighten the locking shoulder screw
2
1
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the inline finisher support motor assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher support motor assembly.
instructions.
Inline finisher support motor assembly part numbers
J7Z09-67964 Inline finisher support motor assembly
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

Step 5: Remove the inline finisher support motor assembly
1 2

2. Disconnect two flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFCs through the ferrites (callout 2), and then
TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrites and then slip them off of the FFCs. Depress a tab behind the
FFCs to release the ferrites.
2 3
1
NOTE: One screw (callout 1) requires a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

4. Rotate the top of the motor assembly away from the printer (so that the lower motor does not interfere
with the ejection path assembly FFC).
Figure 1-2857 Rotate the motor assembly
5. Remove the motor assembly.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler
CAUTION: Do not attempt to disassemble or service the compiler. The compiler is removed for access only. If
the compiler fails, install a whole unit replacement assembly.
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher compiler.
instructions.
Inline finisher compiler part number
J7Z09-67970 Inline finisher compiler
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
CAUTION: Do not attempt to disassemble or service the compiler. The compiler is removed for access only. If
the compiler fails, install a whole unit replacement assembly.
(callout 2).


3. Slightly lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of the printer
to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.
2
1

d. At the printer control panel, do the following:

● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the inline finisher bin illumination sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher bin illumination sensor.
instructions.
Inline finisher bin illumination sensor part number
J7Z09-67978 Inline finisher bin illumination sensor
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1

Step 7: Remove the inline finisher bin illumination sensor
NOTE: This sensor is an internal assembly on the compiler.
1. Release two tabs, and then remove the cover.

CAUTION: The cover/sensor is still attached to the compiler by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not attempt
to completely remove the cover/sensor assembly.
2. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) to release the sensor.

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the inline finisher bin full sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher bin full sensor.
instructions.
Inline finisher output bin full sensor part number
J7Z09-67967 Inline finisher bin full sensor
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1

Step 7: Remove the inline finisher bin full sensor
NOTE: This sensor is an internal assembly on the compiler.
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover as shown (callout 2) to remove it.

1
2
2. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) to release the sensor.
2
1
Special installation instructions: Inline finisher bin full sensor
a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools.
b. Select Service to display the Sign In screen.

● 09078017 (MFP)
● 09076517 (SFP)
● Sensors
● Bin Sensors
● Output Bin 1
g. Select the Output Bin 1 Full Sensor item, and then select the Start button.
NOTE: The printer picks a single sheet of paper, holds the sheet in the compiler, and then drops the
sheet into the inline finisher output bin.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the inline finisher stapler flag
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler flag.
instructions.
Inline finisher stapler flag part number
J7Z09-67959 Inline finisher stapler flag
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1

Step 7: Remove the inline finisher stapler flag
1. Unclip the right end of the flag (callout 1), and then slide it to the right (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2979 Release the flag
1
2
2. Remove the stapler flag.
Figure 1-2980 Remove the flag

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.
instructions.
Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly part number
J7Z09-67965 Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1





2
3

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin
● Introduction
● Step 10: Remove the inline finisher upper bin
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher upper bin.
instructions.
Inline finisher upper bin part number
J7Z09-67962 Inline finisher upper bin

Required tools
Post service test





2
1

(callout 2).

1 2
1 2 3

2
1 1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.

removed previously in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always thoroughly read the

3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1





2
3

Step 10: Remove the inline finisher upper bin
NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show a red support tool in use. This tool is no longer required or
supplied by HP.
1. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2).

1 2
2. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove a second screw (callout 2).
TIP: Slightly flex the sheet-metal frame to access the screws
2 1

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), slightly flex the front edge of the inline finisher inner left cover away from
the chassis, and then slide the cover toward the front of the printer to remove it.
2
1
4. Loosen (do not remove) one screw (callout 1, and then release one belt (callout 2).
Remove one screw (callout 3), and then remove a second screw (callout 4).
3 4

5. Slightly rotate the front corner of the upper bin away from the printer, and then pull it out at an angle to
release it.
NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the chassis as the bin is removed.
Figure 1-3067 Release the upper bin
1 2
6. Remove the upper bin.
TIP: If a replacement bin is installed do the following with the removed bin:
a. Position the moveable tray in the fully extended position.
b. Pull up on the front right corner of the tray to separate it from the upper bin.
c. Remove the movable tray, and then install it on the replacement upper bin.

Figure 1-3068 Remove the upper bin
Special installation instructions: Inline finisher upper bin
● 09078017 (MFP)
09076517 (SFP)

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly.
instructions.
Inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly part number
J7Z09-67961 Inline finisher leading edge clamp it (clamp assembly and shaft)
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.


3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1

Step 7: Remove the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly
1. At the back of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass the FFCs
through the ferrites (callout 2).


3. Release the paddle shaft connecting arm.
Figure 1-3100 Release the arm

5. Slightly slide the assembly toward the rear of the printer (callout 1), disengage the clips, and then lift the
assembly up (callout 2).
6. Remove the leading edge clamp assembly.
Figure 1-3103 Remove the clamp assembly

7. Optional step: If necessary, release the paddle assembly from two clips (callout 1).
Figure 1-3104 Release the paddle assembly
Special installation instructions: Leading edge clamp assembly
There is a tab on the paddle assembly shaft that must be installed in a slot on the clamp assembly body so
that the paddle shaft does not slide from side to side. Use the following procedure to correctly capture the
paddle assembly tab in the slot in the clamp assembly body.
a. Hold the paddle assembly in the raised position with the clamp assembly positioned on the finisher
chassis. Note the gap between the bottom edge of the assembly and the chassis (callout 1) and the
tab (callout 2) on the paddle assembly shaft.
Figure 1-3105 Install the clamp assembly (1 of 2)

b. Slide the clamp assembly towards the front of the printer. When correctly installed, the clamp
assembly body is flat against the finisher chassis and the tab on the paddle assembly shaft is
captured in the slot in the assembly body.
Figure 1-3106 Install the clamp assembly (2 of 2)
c. Install the three screws that secure the assembly to the finisher chassis. Reinstall the paddle shaft
connecting arm, and then actuate the paddle assembly to verify that the paddles freely move up and
down.
Figure 1-3107 Check the paddle assembly movement

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit
● Introduction
● Step 9: Remove the inline finisher mezzanine assemblies
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inline finisher mezzanine repair kit.
instructions.
Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit part number
J7Z09-67969 Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit
Required tools

Post service test





2
1

(callout 2).

1 2
1 2 3

2
1 1

remove it.


5. Raise the ISA.

previously removed in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always thoroughly read the

3. Release one tab.

(callout 2).
1 2
(callout 2).


2
1

Step 9: Remove the inline finisher mezzanine assemblies
1. At the left-side of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

2. Gently slide the front and rear mezzanines towards the rear of the printer, slightly rotate the front end of
the sheet-metal support bar towards the inside of the finisher (callout 1), and then lift the bar (callout 2)
while sliding to toward the front of the printer (callout 3) to remove it.
Figure 1-3144 Remove the support bar
3. Before proceeding, take note of how the mezzanine belt clamps are installed:
Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, the springs on these clamps must make solid contact with the sheet-
metal support bar to provide sufficient grounding for the assembly. Also, make sure that the black plastic
conductive tips are installed on the springs to increase grounding and reduce noise when the assembly is in
operation.
● Front mezzanine: The lower portion of the upper drive belt passes over the clamp (callout 1).
● Rear mezzanine: The upper portion of the lower drive belt passes under the clamp (callout 2).

Figure 1-3145 Check the belt clamp installation
4. Release a belt from the clamp, lift up on the belt end of a mezzanine (callout 1), and then slightly slide the
mezzanine toward the left side of the printer to release it (callout 2).
Figure 1-3146 Release the mezzanines
1 2

5. Remove the mezzanine.
NOTE: Repeat steps 4 and 5 to remove the remaining mezzanine.
Figure 1-3147 Remove the mezzanine
6. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), pass the FFCs through the ferrites (callout 2), and then
TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrites and then slip them off of the FFCs. Depress the tabs behind
the FFCs to release the ferrites.
3
1
2

7. Remove two screws, and then remove the support motor assembly.
CAUTION: The two drive gears with the belts behind the motor assembly are not captive.
Figure 1-3149 Remove two screws and motor assembly
8. Remove the two drive gears.
Figure 1-3150 Remove the drive gears

9. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the pulley cover (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Two different pulley covers are included with the kit. If this cover must be replaced,
make sure to use the pulley cover that matches the removed part.
10. Remove the belts, and then remove two pulleys.
Figure 1-3152 Remove two pulleys

Special installation instructions: Mezzanine repair kit
IMPORTANT: The repair kit contains two sets of tools used to install the mezzanines. Failure to use these
tools results in incorrectly positioned mezzanines that will not properly operate (and might be damaged
when the printer power is turned on).
a. Install the pulleys, belts, and drive gears.
Reinstallation tip: To make the belt installation easier, do the following:
1. Install a pulley, and then loop the belt over it.
2. Loop the belt over a drive gear, and then install the drive gear on the chassis (stretch the belt to
install the gear).
3. Install the pulley cover and screw.
Figure 1-3153 Install the pulleys, belts, and drive gears

b. Before proceeding, take note of the installed mezzanine positioning tools. These tools lock the
mezzanines in a specific position along the drive belts.
Figure 1-3154 Installed mezzanine positioning tools
c. Before proceeding, note that the right-side mezzanine tool has a front side (callout 1) and a rear side
(callout 2).
NOTE: When correctly installed, the front side (callout 1) of the tool faces the interior of the finisher
chassis (toward the mezzanine).
Figure 1-3155 Right-side mezzanine tool
1 2
d. Before proceeding, check the replacement mezzanines to see if the belt clamp is pre-installed. If the
clamp is installed, do the following:
▲ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the belt clamp (callout 2).

Figure 1-3156 Check the replacement mezzanines
1
2
e. Position a mezzanine with the front most wheel (front mezzanine) or rear most wheel (rear
mezzanine) aligned with the posts on the rail (callout 1; front mezzanine), and then push the tool
down until it snaps over the mezzanine wheel and onto the post (callout 2).
NOTE: When properly installed, the tools are secure (callout 3) and firmly hold the mezzanines in
place.
Figure 1-3157 Install the right-side mezzanine tool
3
2

f. Install the left-side tools as shown below.
NOTE: Look inside the finisher chassis and make sure that the tool captures the mezzanine wheel
(callout 1).
Figure 1-3158 Install the left-side mezzanine tool
g. Before proceeding, take note of how the mezzanine belt clamps are installed:
● Front mezzanine: The lower portion of the upper drive belt passes over the clamp (callout 1).
● Rear mezzanine: The upper portion of the lower drive belt passes under the clamp (callout 2).
Figure 1-3159 Belt clamp installation

h. Position the clamp on the belt, and then rotate the belt to slide the clamp into the slot in the
mezzanine.
NOTE: The front mezzanine clamp and belt is shown below.
Figure 1-3160 Install the belt clamps
i. Install one screw.
NOTE: Repeat these steps for the remaining mezzanine.
Figure 1-3161 Install one screw

j. Before proceeding, take note of how the sheet-metal support bar looks when correctly installed.
NOTE: Both ends of the bar are flat against the chassis (callout 1), and the mezzanine ground
springs are in contact with the bar (callout 2).
Figure 1-3162 Mezzanine support bar
k. Install the rear end of the support bar into the rear slot in the chassis, and then lower it until it rests
on the rear mezzanine ground spring.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove the mezzanine positioning tools until the support bar is fully installed.
Figure 1-3163 Install the support bar rear (1 of 2)

l. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to push in on the rear spring (callout 1), and then gently push
down on the support bar to lower it past the rear spring (callout 2).
NOTE: Continue to lower the support bar until it contacts the front mezzanine ground spring.
Figure 1-3164 Install the support bar rear (2 of 2)
2
1
m. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to push in on the front spring (callout 1), and then gently push
down on the support bar to lower it past the front spring (callout 2).
Figure 1-3165 Install the support bar front
2
1

n. Install the front end of the support bar into the slot in the chassis, install two screws, and then
remove the mezzanine positioning tools.
CAUTION: Do not forget to remove the mezzanine positioning tools.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the springs on the belt clamps make solid contact with the sheet-metal
support bar (to provide sufficient grounding for the assembly). Also, make sure that the black plastic
conductive tips are installed on the springs to increase grounding and reduce noise when the
assembly is in operation.
Figure 1-3166 Install two screws and remove tools

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top output bin
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher left-top cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1)
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2)
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6)
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7)

● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10)
● Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top output bin
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the top output bin
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top output bin on the finisher.
instructions.
○ Make sure that you have the correct part ordered.
JC63-05002B
● Bin, top output (finisher)
Required tools
○ There are no after performing service procedures for this assembly.
Post service test
Step 1: Remove the top output bin
▲ Raise the end of the top output bin (callout 1), and then lift it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-3167 Remove the top output bin
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the backpack plungers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the backpack plungers on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC61-08258A
● Plungers, backpack
Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove these assemblies.

Post service test
Make sure that the door properly closes and latches. Process a job through the finisher and verify that the
finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the backpack plungers
1
2

3. Squeeze the plunger body from both sides, and then pull the plunger straight off of the chassis to remove
it. Repeat for the remaining plunger if needed.
Figure 1-3170 Remove the plungers
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher left-top cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left-top cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left-top cover on the stapler stacker (SS)
finisher.
instructions.
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer using the release latch on the front-left side of the finisher. Separate
the finisher and printer.
JC63-05715A
● Left-top cover (SS finisher)
Required tools
○ Attach the finisher to the printer.
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the left-top cover
1
2

Figure 1-3174 Remove the left-top cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left-top cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top cover of the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01743A
● Cover, top
Required tools

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the left-top cover (finisher)
1
2





instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear-right upper on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC63-05716A
● Cover, front
Required tools

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the left top cover (finisher)
1
2

Step 2: Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher)
1. Open the rear door, and then remove two screws.

2. Release the power cord.
Figure 1-3190 Release the power cord

3. Lift the cover up and off of the finisher to remove it.
Figure 1-3191 Remove the rear-right upper cover
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear-right lower on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC63-05717A
● Cover, front
Required tools

Post service test
1
2



Step 3: Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher)

2. Slightly rotate the top of the cover away from the finisher, and then slide it down to remove it.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the front door assembly (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front door assembly on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC95-02142A
● Door, front assembly
NOTE: Includes door assembly and front lower cover
Required tools

Post service test

1
2




Step 3: Remove the front door assembly (finisher)


instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the front lower cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front lower cover on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC95-02142A
● Cover, front lower
NOTE: Includes door assembly and front lower cover
Required tools
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver

Post service test
1
2






Step 4: Remove the front lower cover (finisher)
1. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.
Figure 1-3227 Remove one screw (front side)

2. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.
3. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.
Figure 1-3229 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

4. Remove the front lower cover.
Figure 1-3230 Remove the lower front cover
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the rear door (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear door assembly on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01779A
● Door, rear assembly
Required tools

Post service test
1
2




Step 3: Remove the rear door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3241 Lift the top hinge pin
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 1-3242 Remove the top hinge pin

3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 1-3243 Release the lower hinge pin
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 1-3244 Remove the lower hinge pin

5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Figure 1-3245 Remove one screw and the front door
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear-upper cover on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC63-04986B
● Rear-upper cover
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






from the finisher.

front door
Step 4: Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher)
NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the procedures are
correct for this finisher.
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
Figure 1-3261 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Figure 1-3263 Remove five screws and the front cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear-lower cover on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC63-04987B
● Rear-lower cover
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






from the finisher.

front door
Step 4: Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher)

2. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.
Figure 1-3280 Remove the rear-lower cover
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the top door (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top door on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01779A
● Top door
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






from the finisher.

front door

Step 5: Remove the top door (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw and the black retainer, and then remove the door.

Figure 1-3299 Remove the top door
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the backpack assembly (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the backpack assembly on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01796A
● Backpack assembly
Required tools

Post service test

1
2










from the finisher.

front door


Step 8: Remove the backpack assembly (finisher)
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), release three retainers (callout 2), and then remove one ground
screw (callout 3).
Figure 1-3328 Disconnect connectors and remove ground screw
1
2

2. Pass the cable through the hole in the finisher chassis.
Figure 1-3329 Release the cable

4. At the back of the finisher, remove two screws.
5. Lift the assembly up to release it.
Figure 1-3332 Release the backpack assembly

Figure 1-3333 Remove the backpack assembly
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the backpack assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the backpack inner assemblies (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the backpack inner assemblies on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC39-02610A
● Cable power and communication, backpack

0604-001393
● Sensors, backpack
JC39-02612A
● Gable sensor, backpack
JC61-00426A
● Bushings, backpack
JC66-05209A
● Shaft, backpack
JC61-08295A
● Springs, backpack
Required tools
Post service test

1
2



Step 3: Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher)

2. Slightly rotate the top of the cover away from the finisher, and then slide it down to remove it.








from the finisher.

front door

Step 9: Remove the backpack assembly (finisher)
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), release three retainers (callout 2), and then remove one ground
screw (callout 3).

Figure 1-3364 Disconnect connectors and remove ground screw
1
2
2. Pass the cable through the hole in the finisher chassis.
Figure 1-3365 Release the cable

4. At the back of the finisher, remove two screws.

5. Lift the assembly up to release it.
Figure 1-3368 Release the backpack assembly
Figure 1-3369 Remove the backpack assembly
Step 10: Remove the backpack inner assemblies (finisher)
1. Before proceeding, take note of the correct installation of the springs, brackets and shaft.

Figure 1-3370 Note the installation of the springs brackets and shaft

3. Slide the bushings as shown below to release them, and then remove the shaft, springs, and bushings.
CAUTION: The springs and bushings are not captive. Do not lose them when they are removed.
Reinstallation tip: To correctly reinstall the springs and bushings, see step 1.
Figure 1-3372 Remove the shaft springs and bushings
4. Remove six screws, and then separate the backpack sheet-metal plates.
Figure 1-3373 Remove six screws and separate the plates
a. Remove the power cord. Pass the cable through the hole in the plate (callout 1), release two retainers
(callout 2), and then push out the black plastic retainer (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to release the retainer (callout 3) by using a small flat-blade screwdriver.
Figure 1-3374 Remove the power cord
b. Remove the sensor.
1. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to carefully remove the sensor protective shield.
Figure 1-3375 Remove the sensor shield

2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the senor (repeat for the other sensor if needed).
Figure 1-3376 Remove the sensors
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the caster cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the caster cover on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC63-05787A
● Caster cover
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the caster cover
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the rear lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Figure 1-3378 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lower shield assembly on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01771B
● Lower shield assembly (finisher)
Required tools

Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door

▲ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.
Figure 1-3403 Remove four screws and the caster cover

Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 1-3405 Release the lower shield
2 1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one connector.
Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly
● Introduction
● Step 10: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper shield assembly on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01784A
● Finisher sub - shield

Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1

Step 10: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 1-3438 Lower the output tray
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 1-3440 Release the shield
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 1-3442 Locate sensors
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the controller PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the controller PCA on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC92-02968A
● Controller PCA (finisher)
Required tools

Post service test

1
2








Step 5: Remove the controller PCA
▲ Disconnect all of the connectors, remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the controller PCA.
Reinstallation tip: Refer to the figure below for correct positioning and connection of the cables.
Figure 1-3460 Remove the controller PCA

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the staple unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple unit on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01765A
● Finisher Sub - Staple Unit
Required tools

Post service test

Staple a document and verify that the stapler functions correctly.
1
2







from the finisher.

front door


Step 6: Remove the staple unit
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the front until it stops.
Figure 1-3482 Move the staple unit to the front

2. Lower the green latch (callout 1), and then slide the staple cartridge away from the finisher to remove it
(callout 2).
Figure 1-3483 Remove the staple cartridge
3. At the back of the finisher, release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then
remove two screws (callout 3).
Figure 1-3484 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws

4. At the front of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-3485 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
5. Lift up, and then slide the staple unit to the front of the finisher to remove it.
Figure 1-3486 Remove the staple unit

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide
NOTE: The dummy feed guide is not install in finishers with a punch accessory.
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the dummy feed guide (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the dummy feed guide on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC93-01161A
● Assy-Guide Dummy-Feed
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






Step 4: Remove the dummy feed guide (finisher)
▲ At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the dummy feed guide
(callout 2).
Figure 1-3500 Remove two screws and the feed guide

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor
● Step 5: Remove the top jam access cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top jam access cover for the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01455A
● Finisher Sub - Top Jam
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor when
reinstalling the motor.
Figure 1-3514 Remove the feed exit motor
4
3
1
2

Step 5: Remove the top jam access cover
1. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
2. Remove the top jam access cover.
Figure 1-3516 Remove the top jam access cover

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
● Step 8: Remove the top lower feed assembly (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top lower feed assembly for the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01454A
● Finisher Sub-Top Lower
Required tools

Post service test

1
2







from the finisher.

front door

Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor (finisher)

4
3
1
2
Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
1. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

2. Remove the top jam access cover.
Figure 1-3540 Remove the top jam access cover
Step 8: Remove the top lower feed assembly (finisher)
1. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1) on the buffer motor housing, and then tilt the
motor aside to access the screws under it.

2. At the front of the finisher, remove three self-tapping screws (callout 1), and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2).
Figure 1-3542 Remove three screws and disconnect one connector
3. At the rear of the finisher, remove three machine screws (callout 1).

4. At the top of the finisher, lift the feed assembly straight up to disengage two tabs on the bottom and
remove the assembly.
Figure 1-3544 Remove the feed assembly
5. If you are replacing the top lower feed assembly, locate two sensors (callout 1) and one connector
(callout 2) on the back of the assembly. Remove these items and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 1-3545 Locate sensors and connector

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit
● Introduction
● Step 11: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the ejector unit on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01409A
● Finisher Sub - Ejector Unit

Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1



Step 11: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
Figure 1-3582 Move the staple unit to the center

2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 1-3583 Disconnect three connectors

4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
Figure 1-3586 Rotate the sensor
1
3

7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 1-3588 Remove the front tamper shaft

8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-3589 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 1-3591 Remove the rear tamper shaft
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).

14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 1-3596 Lift the edges of the tampers

16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 1-3597 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 1-3598 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
notch (callout 1).
Figure 1-3599 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove the front tamper unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front tamper unit on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01794A
● Finisher Sub - Tamper Front

Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1





1
3






frame.
1 2
3
notch (callout 1).

notch (callout 1).
Step 12: Remove the front tamper unit
▲ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Figure 1-3654 Remove the front tamper

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove the rear tamper unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear tamper unit on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01807A
● Finisher Sub - Tamper Rear

Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1





1
3






frame.
1 2
3
notch (callout 1).

notch (callout 1).
Step 12: Remove the rear tamper unit
▲ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Figure 1-3709 Remove the rear tamper

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the feed entrance motor (M1)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed entrance motor on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC31-00163B
● Motor, Step
Required tools

Post service test
1
2






Step 4: Remove the feed entrance motor (M1)
(callout 3), and then remove the feed entrance motor.
Figure 1-3723 Remove the feed entrance motor
3 4
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor (M2)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed exit motor on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC31-00163B
● Motor, Step
Required tools

Post service test
1
2






Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor (M2)
4
3
1
2

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the buffer motor, gear, and sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the buffer motor, gear, and sensor on the
finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01453A
● Finisher sub - drive buffer
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






from the finisher.

front door

Step 5: Remove the buffer motor, gear, and sensor
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-3756 Disconnect two connectors and remove two screws
2. If you are replacing the gear, slide it off of the shaft.
Figure 1-3757 Slide the gear off of the shaft

3. If you are replacing the sensor (callout 1), remove it from the motor housing.
4. If you are replacing the motor, do the following:).
a. Remove two screws (callout 1)

b. Lower the motor (callout 1) and then pull it away from the housing (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-3760 Remove the buffer motor
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6)
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove the front tamper (finisher)
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper motor (M6)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front tamper motor on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).

JC93-01001A
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1





1
3






frame.
1 2
3
notch (callout 1).

notch (callout 1).
Step 12: Remove the front tamper (finisher)
▲ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Figure 1-3815 Remove the front tamper
Step 13: Remove the front tamper motor (M6)

2. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the front tamper motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.
Figure 1-3817 Release the belt and remove the motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7)
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove the rear tamper (finisher)
● Step 13: Remove the rear tamper motor (M7)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear tamper motor on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).

JC93-01001A
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1





1
3






frame.
1 2
3
notch (callout 1).

notch (callout 1).
Step 12: Remove the rear tamper (finisher)
▲ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Figure 1-3872 Remove the rear tamper
Step 13: Remove the rear tamper motor (M7)

2. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the rear tamper motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.
Figure 1-3874 Release the belt and remove the motor

instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10)
● Introduction
● Step 10: Remove the SCU motor (M10)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the SCU motor on the finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC93-01156A
● Motor, Step

Required tools
Post service test

1
2









from the finisher.

front door




2 1



Step 10: Remove the SCU motor (M10)
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor and bracket.
3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor.
Figure 1-3913 Remove two screws and the motor
Special installation instructions: SCU motor (M10)
▲ When installing the motor and bracket, align the tab and slot on the motor bracket with the tab and
slot in the printer.

Figure 1-3914 Install the motor and bracket
instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the main tray moving motor (M11)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main tray moving motor (M11) on the
finisher.
instructions.
blank).
JC90-01415B
● Motor
Required tools

Post service test

1
2






Step 4: Remove the main tray moving motor (M11)

2. Open two retainers (callout 1), and then release the green wires (callout 2).
Figure 1-3929 Open two retainers
1
2
3. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then thread the cable up through the opening in the top of the
bracket.
5. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor assembly.
Figure 1-3932 Remove four screws and the motor assembly

6. Carefully pull the motor assembly away from the printer to remove it.
Special installation instructions: Main tray moving motor (M11)
a. Before installing the motor assembly, slide the bushing (callout 1) off of the shaft.
Figure 1-3934 Remove the bushing

b. Align the flat edges on the bushing with the flat edges on the opening in the motor assembly bracket,
and then install the bushing.
Figure 1-3935 Install the bushing
c. Position the bushing over the shaft, and then install the motor assembly.
Figure 1-3936 Install the motor assembly

instructions.

2 Parts and diagrams
● Related documentation and software
● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
● Assembly locations
● How to use the parts list and diagrams
● Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785)
● Parts and diagrams: Covers (printer)
● Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies
● Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies
● Parts and diagrams: Left door assembly
● Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies
● Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1
● Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2
● Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly
● Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies
● Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher printers)
● Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher printers)
● Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher printers)
● Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits
● Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables
● Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet feeder
● Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet
● Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder
● Parts and diagrams: High capacity input (HCI) feeder
● Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher
ENWW 2455
● Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher
● Alphabetical parts list
● Numerical parts list
2456 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams ENWW

Related documentation and software
AMS
APJ
EMEA
ENWW Related documentation and software 2457

Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the HP
SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
Supplies and accessories

To order cartridges, visit www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only). Ordering
cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/regions have information
about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list. In addition, go to hp.com/
supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/region.
Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:
● On the label of the cartridge that is being replaced.
● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker
● Open the printer software, open the HP Printer Assistant, click Shop, and then click Shop For Supplies
Online.
● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), click the Tools tab, and then under Product Information click the
Supply Status item.
Following are the part numbers for the supplies and accessories available for the printer.
Table 2-1 Supplies and Accessories

Item Description Cartridge number Part number
Maintenance/PMK
Service Fluid Container Replacement ink-collection container Not applicable W1B44A
A7W93-67081
Printhead Wiper kit Replacement wiper assembly with Not applicable W1B43A
instruction guide
A7W93-67080

Table 2-1 Supplies and Accessories (continued)
Tray 2-N roller kit Replacement rollers for Tray 2-5, Not applicable W1B45A
1x550-sheet trays, and the high
capacity input (HCI) feeder with A7W93-67082
instruction guide
NOTE: Order one kit per tray (each kit

includes three rollers).
Tray 1 Roller Kit Replacement roller for tray 1 (multi- Not applicable A7W93-67039
purpose tray MP)
Document feeder roller kit (780/785 Replacement document feeder roller Not applicable J8J95A
models only) and separation pad with instruction
guide 5851-7202
Document feeder roller kit (P774/P779 Replacement document feeder roller Not applicable W1B47A
models only) and separation pad with instruction
guide A7W93-67083
Accessories
Punch kit 2/3 hole punch Not applicable SL-HPU501T
2/4 hole punch SL-HPU501F
Swedish hole punch SL-HPU501S
HP PageWide 550-sheet Paper Tray Optional input tray Not applicable A7W99A
A7W99-67001
HP PageWide 550-sheet Paper Tray Optional input tray and cabinet stand Not applicable W1B50A
and Stand
W1B50-67001
HP Page Wide 3x550-sheet Paper Tray Optional input trays and stand Not applicable W1B51A
and Stand
W1B51-67001
HP Page Wide 4000-sheet HCI Paper Optional high-capacity input feeder and Not applicable W1B52A
Tray and Stand stand
W1B52-67001
PageWide Door Override Kit Door override kit Not applicable A7W93-67099
ENWW Order parts, accessories, and supplies 2459

Table 2-1 Supplies and Accessories (continued)
PageWide Niblet Kit Niblet Kit Not applicable A7W93-67077
● K-Clip_Plastic_3mm
● Retainer-plate-attach
● REDI reflector
● Mount REDI multipick
● Mount REDI sensor
● Holder REDI sensor 2
● Mount sensor OOPS REDI MP
● Shipping restraint SS rear
● Shipping restrain SS front
● Assembly cheater front door
● Assembly cheater side doors
HP Secure High Performance Hard Disk Secure hard disk drive (US government) Not applicable B5L29A
Drive FIPS
B5L29-67903
Two internal USB ports for solutions Optional 2 USB ports for solutions or Not applicable B5L28A
and AA board accessories.
B5L28-67902
HP Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) Optional FIH port for installing Not applicable B5L31A
accessories
B5L31-67902
1 GB Memory DIMM Optional 1GB memory DIMM Not applicable E5K48A
E5K48-67902
HP SmartCard SIPRNet Solutions for US Optional SmartCard SIPRNet solution Not applicable CC543B
Government for US government (requires B5L28A)
CC543-69011
HP SmartCard SIPRNet Solution for US Optional SmartCard SIPRNet solution Not applicable F8B30A
Government for US Government (requires B5L28A)
F8B30-69001
HP JetDirect USB Wireless Print Server USB wireless print server Not applicable J8031A
J8031-61001
HP JetDriect wireless Print Server with Wireless print server with NFC Not applicable J8030A
NFC
J8030-61001
1GB DIMM kit 1GB memory DIMM. Not applicable E5K48-67902
Customer self-repair parts

Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for HP PageWide printers to reduce repair time. More information
about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number, serial number
(found on back of printer), product number, or printer name.
● Parts listed as A: Easy
● Parts listed as B: Difficult and/or requires tools
Table 2-2 Customer self-repair parts

Item Description CSR level Part number
Tray 1 roller kit Replacement Tray 1 roller with instruction B A7W93-67039

guide
HCI right tray assembly Replacement HCI tray (right) with A A7W97-67012
instruction guide
HCI left tray assembly Replacement HCI tray (left) with instruction A A7W97-67008
guide
Document feeder white backing kit Replacement document feeder white B J7Z09-67926
(780/785 models only) backing with instruction guide
Document feeder white backing retention Replacement document feeder white B J7Z09-67927
clip kit (780/785 models only) backing retention clips
Document feeder white backing retention Replacement document feeder white B A7W94-67007
clip kit (P774/P779 models only) backing retention clips
Control panel large touchscreen (780/785 Replacement control panel 203 mm (8 in) B J7Z09-67928
models only) with instruction guide.
Control panel small touchscreen (765/E751 Replacement control panel 109.22 mm (4.3 K0Q15-67901
models) in) with instruction guide.
A Y3Z60-67911
Control panel small touchscreen (P774
models)
Keyboard overlay Kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES, UK Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5851-6019
keyboard) (EMEA) (780/785 models only)
Keyboard overlay Kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES, US Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5851-6020
keyboard) (NA) (780/785 models only)
Keyboard overlay Kit (FR-SW, DE-SW, DA, Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5851-6021
UK keyboard) (EMEA) (780/785 models
only)
Keyboard overlay Kit (ZHTW, ZHCN (AP) Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5858-6022
(780/785 models only)
Keyboard overlay Kit (ES, PT) (EMEA) Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5851-6023
Keyboard overlay Kit (JA-KG, JA-KT) (AP) Replacement keyboard overlay kit A 5851-6024
Keyboard overlay Kit (Chinese) (AP) Replacement keyboard overlay kit A A7W12-67901
Keyboard overlay Kit (Sweden) (EMEA) Replacement keyboard overlay kit A A7W14-67901

Table 2-2 Customer self-repair parts (continued)
Item Description CSR level Part number
eMMC module Kit (752/755/765/E751 J7Z04-67908

models 8GB)
Replacement eMMC module with instruction
A Y3Z60-67906
guide.
eMMC module Kit (774/779/P774/P779
models 16GB)
320GB Hard disk drive (HDD) Kit Replacement HDD. A 5851-6712
Secure hard disk drive (HDD) FIPS Replacement secure HDD. A B5L29-67903
Hard disk drive/Accelerator board Replacement for HDD/Accelerator board A J7Z09-67952
JetDirect Wireless Print Server with NFC Kit Replacement JetDirect wireless print server A J8030-61001
with NFC.
JetDirect wireless print server kit Replacement JetDirect wireless print server. A J8031-61001
HP LaserJet MFP Analog Fax Accessory 500 Replacement accessory 500 Fax PCA. A B5L53-67901
HP Foreign Interface Harness Kit Replacement HP foreign harness kit. A B5L31-67902
Two internal USB ports kit Replacement Two internal USB ports kit. A B5L28-67902
Smartcard NIPRNet solution kit for US Replacement Smartcard NIPRNet solution A CC543-69011
Government for US Government.
Smartcard SIPRNet solution kit for US Replacement Smartcard SIPRNet solution A F8B30-69001
government for US government.
Service Fluid Container Kit Replacement service fluid container kit. A A7W93-67081
Printhead Wiper Kit Replacement printhead wiper kit. A A7W93-67080
Tray 2-5 Roller Kit Replacement trays 2–5 roller kit. A A7W93-67082
Tray 1 Roller Kit Replacement tray 1 roller kit. B A7W93-67039
Tray 2-5 Assembly kit Replacement Trays 2-5 assembly kit. A A7X02-67006
Tray 2 (A4) Replacement tandem main Tray 2. A A7W93-67067
Tray 3 (A4) Replacement tandem main Tray 3. A7W93-67068
Optional 1x550 sheet feeder kit Replacement 1x550 sheet feeder. A A7W99-67001
Optional 1x550 sheet feeder with stand kit Replacement 1x550 sheet feeder with A W1B50-67001
stand.
Optional 3x550 sheet feeder kit Replacement 3x550 sheet feeder. A W1B51-67001
Optional 4000 sheet HCI feeder kit Replacement optional 4000 sheet HCI A W1B52-67001
feeder.
Optional 1x550 sheet feeder and stand Replacement optional 1x550 sheet feeder A A7W95-67024
storage bin kit and stand storage bin.
Upper bin moveable tray kit Upper bin moveable tray kit. B J7Z09-67968
Staple Cartridge In-Cave SS Kit Replacement staple cartridge A J7Z09-67933
Staple cartridge for SS Finisher Kit Replacement staple cartridge A J7Z09-67934

Support portals and documentation resources
For additional service and support
AMS
APJ
EMEA
Channel partner resources

Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (GCSN) at www.hp.com/partners/csn .
At these locations, find information on the following topics:
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
To view a list of control panel message documents per printer in WISE, enter document ID c05048451, to
locate CPMD list.
Go to WISE and enter this document ID c05791539 for written instructions.
– Refer to "Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview" on page 888 for more
details.
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Service advisories
● Warranty and regulatory information

Channel partners, access training materials in the Partner First Learning Center at
www.hpi-external.sabacloud.com.
To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Assembly locations
● Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)
● Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)
● Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)
● Front view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
● Rear view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Figure 2-1 Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
18 17 16 15 14 13 12
Table 2-3 Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)
Item Description Item Description
1 Left door 10 Document feeder output

extensions
2 Easy access USB printing port 11 Output bin and output bin stop
3 Scanner assembly 12 Right door (access for clearing

paper jams)
4 Hardware integration pocket 13 Duplexer

(HIP), for connecting accessories
and third party devices
5 Control panel with color 14 Serial number and product

touchscreen display (tilts up for number label
easy viewing)
6 Keyboard *(785f and 785zs 15 On/Off switch

models only). Push the
keyboard in unit it clicks, and
then pull the keyboard out to
use it.
ENWW Assembly locations 2465

Table 2-3 Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP) (continued)
7 Document feeder cover / access 16 Tray 2

for clearing paper jams
8 Document feeder input tray 17 Front door (access to the print

cartridges)
9 Document feeder output bin and 18 Service fluid container

output bin and output bin stop
Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Figure 2-2 Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)
2 3 4 5 6
Item Description
1 Stapler cover
2 Power connection
3 Formatter plate (contains the interface ports)
4 Access door to interface ports and cable lock slot
5 Tray 1 (multi-purpose tray (MP))
6 Tray 1 (MP) extension

Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)
Figure 2-3 Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)
2
1
Table 2-5 Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)
Item Description
1 Left door (FSF models)
2 Floor standing finisher module (FSF models)
3 Printer base (all models)
ENWW Assembly locations 2467

Front view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
Figure 2-4 Front view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
2 3 4 5 6
7
11 10 9 8
Table 2-6 Front view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
1 Left door 7 Right door (access to paper

jams)
2 Easy access USB printing port 8 Duplexer
3 Color touchscreen control panel 9 Tray 2

(tilts for easy viewing)
4 On/Off switch 10 Front door (access to print

cartridges)
5 Serial number and product 11 Service fluid container

number label
6 Output bin

Rear view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
Figure 2-5 Rear view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
1 2 3 4 5
Table 2-7 Rear view model 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)
Item Description
1 Power connection
2 Formatter face plate (contains interface ports)
3 Interface ports and cable lock slot
4 Tray 1 (multi-purpose tray (MP))
5 Tray 1 (MP) extension
6 Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for connecting accessories and third-party devices
How to use the parts list and diagrams

The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the printer and their component parts. A parts list
table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. Each table lists the item number, the associated part
number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not a field replacement unit
(FRU).
NOTE: In this manual, the abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components
described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables and
sensors.
ENWW How to use the parts list and diagrams 2469

Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units
(780/785)
Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779)
Figure 2-6 Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779)
3
6 5
6A
4
12
15
10
13
11
8
7
9
13

Table 2-8 Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67929 1
1 ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67930 1
1 ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) Y3Z60-67903
2 ADF lock J7Z09-67916 1
3 ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67926 1
3 ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) A7W94-67007 1
4 Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67932 1
4 Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) Y3Z60-67904 1
5 Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67907 1
5 Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67908 1
5 Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) Y3Z60-67905
6 Control panel (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67928 1
6A Control panel assembly (P774) Y3Z60-67911 1
7 UK English keyboard J7Z09-67910 1
7 US English keyboard J7Z09-67909 1
8 Center lower nose cone assembly J7Z09-67915 1
9 Left lower nose cone assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67914 1
9 Left lower nose cone assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67907
10 Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large touchscreen J7Z09-67904 1
11 Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67905 1
11 Control panel bezel w/left CP (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67908 1
12 HIP cover (MFP) J7Z09-67901 1
13 USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) J7Z09-67902 1
13 USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) J7Z09-67905 1
Not shown Wireless PCA 0906-3654 1
15 Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67924 1
15 Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67909 1
Not shown Cover, keyboard filler J7Z09-67906 1
Not shown ADF Hinges Kit J7Z09-67931 1

1 To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785) 2471
Parts and diagrams: Covers (printer)
Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models)
Figure 2-7 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P77 models)
21
See Document feeder 20

and scanner
19
13 17 18
24
15
12
14
7 3
8 4
10
16
Chassis
6 23
9

Table 2-9 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P77 models)1
1 Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit A7X02-67006 1
3 Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 1
4 Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 1
6 Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 1
7 Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 1
8 Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 1
9 Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 1
10 Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 1
12 Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 1
13 Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 1
14 Output bin A7W93-67048 1
15 Strap, left door A7W93-67058 1
16 Strap, right door A7W93-67059 1
17 Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 1
18 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate J7Z09-67936 1
19 Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) J7Z09-67922 1
20 Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) J7Z09-67923 1
21 Cover, scanner rear w/ SS J7Z09-67917 1
23 Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 1
24 Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 1
24 Door, left assembly (floor standing finisher printers only) Z5G75-60110 1
Not shown PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 1
Not shown Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 1
Not shown Cover, lower front cover retainer kit A7W93-67087 1
Not shown Tray 2 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67067 1
Not shown Tray 3 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67068 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Covers (printer) 2473

Covers (765/E751/P752 models)
Figure 2-8 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)
21 8
19
22 23
20 13
18
12
Chassis
15
4
7 3
9
11
6
14 16
10
17
1

Table 2-10 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1
1 Tray 2 A7X02-60028 1
3 Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 1
4 Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 1
6 Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 1
7 Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 1
8 Cover, top assembly (SFP) J7Z04-67904 1
9 Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 1
10 Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 1
11 Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 1
12 Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 1
13 Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 1
14 Output bin A7W93-67048 1
15 Strap, left door A7W93-67058 1
16 Strap, right door A7W93-67059 1
19 Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) K0Q15-67901 1
20 Cover, HIP (SFP) G1W39-67905 1
21 Cover, USB (SFP) J7Z04-67901 1
22 Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 1
23 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate J7Z09-67936 1
Not shown PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 1
Not shown Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 1
Not shown Cover, lower front cover retainer kit A7W93-67087 1


Covers (floor standing finisher printers)
Figure 2-9 Covers (FSF printers)
12
10
11
5
3
13
6
8 9
2

Table 2-11 Covers (FSF printers)1
1 Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67985 1
2 Door, upper front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67986 1
3 Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 1
4 Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) J7Z09-67996 1
5 Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67989 1
6 Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67988 1
7 Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67987 1
8 Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67990 1
9 Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) J7Z09-67991 1
10 Cover, conditioner left upper trim J7Z09-67992 1
11 Cover, conditioner left upper add-on J7Z09-67993 1
12 Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 1


Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies
Tray pick and duplex path assemblies
Figure 2-10 Tray pick and duplex path assemblies
12
4 5
1
13
3
12
9
10
8
2
14
11
6 7
15

Table 2-12 Tray pick and duplex path assemblies1
1 Kit, service fluid container A7W93-67081 1
2 Tray lift assembly A7W93-67022 1
3 Sensor, tray size detect A7W93-67023 1
4 Duplex entry rear gear carrier A7W93-67025 1
5 Duplex entry drive assembly A7W93-67030 1
6 Separation assembly A7W93-67031 1
7 Kit, printhead wiper assembly A7W93-67080 1
8 Tray latch assembly A7W93-67034 1
9 Duplex exit drive assembly A7W93-67038 1
10 Duplex floor A7W93-67052 1
11 Right side vertical path A7W93-67062 1
12 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 3
13 Pick drive clutch A7W93-67078 1
14 Pick arm assembly A7W93-67079 1
15 Right duplexer assembly A7W93-67032 1
Not shown Separation mount bracket 3 tray assembly A7W93-67089 1
Not shown Separation mount bracket right assembly A7W93-67091 1
Not shown Separation mount bracket center assembly A7W93-67092 1
Not shown Separation assembly (Tray 1) A7W93-67098 1
Not shown Torque limiter, Tray 2-x A7W93-67104 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies 2479
Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies
Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies
Figure 2-11 Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies
11
6 3
7
10
1
8
2 9
12
4

Table 2-13 Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies1
1 PCA, feed motor encoder A7W93-67018 1
2 Feed shaft A7W93-67035 1
3 Sensor, drop detect A7W93-67041 1
4 Deskew front drive assembly A7W93-67050 1
5 Deskew rear drive assembly A7W93-67051 1
6 Upper paper guide assembly A7W93-67053 1
7 Motor with bracket, drop detect A7W93-67061 1
8 Kit, image sensor repair A7W93-67063 1
9 Kit, feed motor A7W93-67071 1
10 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 1
11 Kit, drop detect carriage assembly A7W93-67060 1
12 Deskew front drive gear assembly A7W93-67095 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies 2481
Parts and diagrams: Left door assembly
Left door assemblies
Figure 2-12 Left door assemblies
4

Table 2-14 Left door assemblies1
1 PCA, left door A7W93-67017 1
2 Door, left assembly (FSF printers) Z5G75-60110 1
3 Kit, tray 1 roller A7W93-67039 1
4 Motor, left side vertical drive assembly A7W93-67055 1
5 Motor, duplex diverter assembly A7W93-67056 1
6 Tray 1 pick and separation assembly A7W93-67098 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Left door assembly 2483

Left door eject assemblies
Figure 2-13 Left door eject assemblies
5 4
3
2
Chassis

Table 2-15 Left door eject assemblies1
2 Kit, ejection flap drive assembly A7W93-67049 1
3 Ejection drive assembly A7W93-67054 1
4 Main bin full sensor A7W93-67064 1
5 Light, standard output bin A7W93-67072 1
Not shown Tray 1 assembly A7W93-67057 1
Not shown Tray 1 pick roller access cover A7W94-67008 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Left door assembly 2485

Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies
Airflow and right door assemblies
Figure 2-14 Airflow and right door assemblies
Chassis

Table 2-16 Airflow and right door assemblies 1
1 Kit, airflow repair (includes ACCM and FFC) A7W93-67027 1
Not shown Fan, aerosol A7W93-67105 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies 2487
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1
Electrical assemblies 1
Figure 2-15 Electrical assemblies 1
9 5
19 8
13
7
18
6
14
Chassis 15

Table 2-17 Electrical assemblies 1 1
5 Cable, power supply to MPCA J7Z09-67941 1
6 PCA, left front upper A7W93-67019 1
7 PCA, center rear lower A7W93-67020 1
8 PCA, left rear lower A7W93-67021 1
9 Engine control board MPCA Y3Z60-67912 1
13 Sensor, tray/door A7W93-67040 1
14 PCA, right rear lower A7W93-67028 1
15 PCA, temperature/humidity A7W93-67070 1
18 Sensor, left door hall effect PCA A7W93-67096 1
19 PCA, left rear upper A7W93-67029 1
Not shown Main PCA center mount bracket A7W93-67097 1
Not shown Kit, supply interconnect A7W93-67103 1
Not shown Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1 2489

Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2
Electrical assemblies 2
Figure 2-16 Electrical assemblies 2
9 2
3
1
5
11
10

Table 2-18 Electrical assemblies 2 1
1 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) J7Z04-67910 2
1 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/India J7Z04-67911 1
1 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) J7Z09-67042 1
1 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/India J7Z09-67043 1
1 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) Y3Z60-67913 1
1 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India Y3Z60-67902 1
2 Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) 5851-6712 1
2 Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) B5L29-67903 1
2 Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) J7Z09-67952 1
3 eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) J7Z04-67908 1
3 eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) Y3Z60-67906 1
4 Kit, TPM J7Z09-67974 1
5 Analog fax PCA (fax models only) B5L53-67901 1
7 Smart transducer monitor system J7Z09-67951 1
8 Cover, formatter cage J7Z09-67937 1
9 Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit J7Z09-67945 1
10 Island of Data (IOD) PCA J7Z09-67946 1
11 Power supply assembly 110/220V J7Z09-67940 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2 2491

Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly
Printhead assembly
Figure 2-17 Printhead assembly
Chassis
1
2

Table 2-19 Printhead assembly 1
1 Restraints, printhead 2 A7W93-67077 2
2 Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes service fluid container) A7W93-67069 1
3 Kit, printhead FFC cable A7W93-67010 1
Not shown Service fluid container electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 1

2 See service supplies and accessory table. This part is part of the Pagewide Niblet Kit, and kit contains other service parts.
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly 2493

Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies
Printhead wiper assemblies
Figure 2-18 Printhead wiper assemblies
1
Chassis

Table 2-20 Printhead wiper assemblies1
1 Motor, printhead wiper A7W93-67045 1
2 Printhead wiper drive assembly Not orderable 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies 2495

Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher
printers)
Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)
Figure 2-19 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)
8
7
2
9
10 4
11
5
12

Table 2-21 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
1 Bridge assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67001 1
2 MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67002 1
3 Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67004 1
5 Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) J7Z09-67027 1
6 Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67017 1
7 Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) J7Z09-67007 1
8 Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67005 1
9 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 1
10 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 1
11 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 1
12 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher printers) 2497
Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher
printers)
Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)
Figure 2-20 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)
7
6 8
13
1
12
3
14
5
4
9
10 11

Table 2-22 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
1 Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67021 1
2 Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) J7Z09-67011 1
3 PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) J7Z09-67003 1
5 Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67022 1
6 Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) J7Z09-67026 1
7 Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67024 1
8 PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) J7Z09-67018 1
9 Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67029 1
11 Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 1
12 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 1
13 Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 1
14 HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67023 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher printers) 2499
Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher printers)
Vapor module (FSF printers)
Figure 2-21 Vapor module (FSF printers)
5
6
7
3
13
1
2
11
10
9
8 12

Table 2-23 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
1 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67997 1
1 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67998 1
3 Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF printers) J7Z09-67032 1
4 Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67999 1
5 HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) J7Z09-67008 1
6 Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 1
7 Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) J7Z09-67013 1
8 HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67010 1
9 Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 1
10 Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) J7Z09-67014 1
11 Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 1
12 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher printers) 2501
Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits
FFCs and engine FFC kits
Figure 2-22 Examples of FFCs and FFC kits

Table 2-24 FFCs and FFC kits 1
Not shown Island of data PCA and FFC kit J7Z09-67946 1
Not shown Engine control PCA FFC kit J7Z09-67947 1
Not shown Printhead assembly FFC cable kit A7W93-67010 1
Not shown Center rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67005 1
Not shown Feed motor FFC Kit A7W93-67007 1
Not shown Left door FFC kit A7W93-67008 1
Not shown Left front upper FFC kit A7W93-67014 1
Not shown Left rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67009 1
Not shown Left rear upper FFC kit A7W93-67013 1
Not shown Right rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67006 1
Not shown Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits 2503
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables
Discrete cables
Figure 2-23 Discrete cables

Table 2-25 Discrete cables1
Not shown Cable, Power supply cables J7Z09-67941 1
Not shown Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter J7Z09-67942 1
Not shown Cable, ECB to formatter power J7Z09-67943 1
Not shown Cable, ECB to formatter J7Z09-67944 1
Not shown Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/ finisher J7Z09-67918 1
Not shown Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67919 1
Not shown Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67949 1
Not shown Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67950 1
Not shown Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise J7Z09-67920 1
Not shown Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow J7Z09-67921 1
Not shown Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy Y3Z60-67910 1
Not shown Cable, SFP control panel to formatter J7Z04-67905 1
Not shown Cable, SFP USB to formatter J7Z04-67906 1
Not shown Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter J7Z04-67907 1
Not shown Cable, PC to AC control module J7Z09-67948 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables 2505

Discrete Cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)
Figure 2-24 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)
2
9
7
5 6
3
11
10
1

Table 2-26 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
1 Kit, FFC media transport output motor J7Z09-67035 1
2 Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA J7Z09-67035 1
3 Cable, conditioner media transmission interconnect J7Z09-67036 1
Not shown Kit, FFC mount assembly J7Z09-67035 1
5 Kit, FFC front door sensor (conditioner) J7Z09-67035 1
6 Cable, fans J7Z09-67037 1
7 Cable, finisher to printer J7Z09-67038 1
8 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution J7Z09-67035 1
9 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 J7Z09-67035 1
10 Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap J7Z09-67035 1
11 Kit, FFC conditioner jam access J7Z09-67035 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables 2507

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet feeder
550-sheet feeder covers
Figure 2-25 550-sheet feeder covers
3
2
1
4

Table 2-27 550-sheet feeder covers1
1 Cover, right (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67001 1
2 Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67002 1
3 Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67003 1
4 Cover, front inner (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67004 1
5 Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet feeder 2509

550-sheet feeder internal assemblies
Figure 2-26 550-sheet feeder internal assemblies
9
2
Chassis 4
5
1
7
11

Table 2-28 550-sheet feeder internal assemblies1
1 Tray lift assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67022 1
2 Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67023 2
3 Separation assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67031 1
4 Tray latch assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67034 1
5 Pick drive clutch (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67078 1
6 Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 1
7 Pick arm assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67079 1
9 PCA, tray (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67005 1
11 Right side vertical path (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67062 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet feeder 2511

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet covers
Figure 2-27 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet covers
1
2
5 5
3
6
4
7
Chassis
5

Table 2-29 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet covers 1
1 Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67001 1
2 Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67002 1
3 Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67003 1
4 Door, right (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67021 1
5 Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67005 4
6 Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1
7 Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1
Not shown 1x550 sheet feeder right inner cover A7W95–67011 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet 2513
1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet internal assemblies
Figure 2-28 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet internal assemblies
Chassis 2
5
8
1
4
6 7
10
11
13

Table 2-30 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet internal assemblies1
1 Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67022 1
2 Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67023 2
3 Separation assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67031 1
4 Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67034 1
5 Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67078 1
6 Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1
7 Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67079 1
8 PCA, tray (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67005 1
10 Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1
11 Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67019 4
13 Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67026 2
Not shown 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit A7W95–67013 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet 2515
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder
3x550-sheet feeder covers
Figure 2-29 3x550-sheet feeder covers
2 1
Chassis
3 7 7
5 4
6
8
7

Table 2-31 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
1 Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67001 1
2 Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67002 1
3 Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67003 1
4 Door, right (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67016 1
5 Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67004 1
6 Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67012 2
7 Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67005 4
8 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 3

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder 2517

3x550-sheet feeder internal assemblies
Figure 2-30 3x550-sheet feeder internal assemblies
7
2
4
Chassis
2
5
12 3 4
2
1 5
4
6 3
12 5
1
3
6 12 11
1
6
9

Table 2-32 3x550-sheet feeder internal assemblies 1
1 Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67022 3
2 Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67023 6
3 Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67031 3
4 Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67034 3
5 Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67078 3
6 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 3
7 PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67005 3
9 Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67019 4
11 Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67026 2
12 Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67079 3
Not shown 3x550 sheet feeder paper tray FFC kit A7W95-67013 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder 2519

Parts and diagrams: High capacity input (HCI) feeder
HCI feeder covers
Figure 2-31 HCI feeder covers
2
1
6 3
7 8
3
Chassis
4
5

Table 2-33 HCI feeder covers1
1 Cover, stand rear (HCI) A7W95-67001 1
2 Cover, stand left (HCI) A7W95-67002 1
3 Kit, skirt cover (HCI) A7W95-67005 3
4 Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67001 1
5 Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67002 1
6 Cover, stand front inner (HCI) A7W97-67003 1
7 Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) A7W97-67004 1
8 Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: High capacity input (HCI) feeder 2521
HCI feeder internal assemblies
Figure 2-32 HCI feeder internal assemblies
2
4
Chassis 12 3
2
12
8
10
1
5 10
1
9 6

Table 2-34 HCI feeder internal assemblies1
1 Separation assembly (HCI) A7W93-67088 2
2 Pick drive clutch (HCI) A7W93-67078 2
3 Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) A7W97-67006 2
4 Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) A7W97-67007 2
5 Tray, left (HCI) A7W97-67008 1
6 Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 1
7 Path jam assembly (HCI) A7W97-67010 1
8 Path jam drive assembly (HCI) A7W97-67011 1
9 Tray, right (HCI) A7W97-67012 1
10 Pick arm assembly (HCI) A7W93-67079 2
12 Tray latch assembly (HCI) A7W93-67034 2
Not shown Separation mount bracket HCI assembly A7W93-67090 2
Not shown HCI FFC Kit A7W97-67005 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: High capacity input (HCI) feeder 2523
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher
Inline finisher covers
Figure 2-33 Inline finisher covers
4 2

Table 2-35 Inline finisher covers1
1 Stapler/Stacker front cover J7Z09–67953 1
2 Stapler/Stacker right cover J7Z09-67954 1
3 Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover J7Z09-67955 1
4 Stapler/Stacker inner left cover J7Z09-67956 1
5 Stapler/Stacker rear cover J7Z09-67922 1
6 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly cover J7Z09-67976 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher 2525

Inline finisher internal components
Figure 2-34 Inline finisher internal components
11 16 14
13 8 2
7
1
9 6
4
12
19
3
15
17 10
18

Table 2-36 Inline finisher internal components 1
1 Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly J7Z09-67970 1
2 Staple paper sensor flag J7Z09-67959 1
3 Stapler/Stacker main PCA J7Z09-67960 1
4 Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit J7Z09-67961 1
6 Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly J7Z09-67963 1
7 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly J7Z09-67964 1
8 Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly J7Z09-67965 1
9 Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly J7Z09-67966 1
10 Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor J7Z09-67967 1
11 Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge J7Z09–67933 1
12 Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit J7Z09–67981 1
13 Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector2 A7W93–67077 1
14 Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide J7Z09-67977 1
15 Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly J7Z09-67978 1
16 Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide J7Z09-67979 1
17 Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer J7Z09-67980 1
18 Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray J7Z09-67962 1
19 Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover J7Z09-67982 1

2 Part is in the Niblet Kit A7W93-67077, and kit contains other service parts

Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies
Figure 2-35 Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies
4 3
5 1

Table 2-37 Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies 1
1 Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit J7Z09-67969 1
3 Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit J7Z09-67958 1
4 Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover 2 A7W96-67005 1
5 Stapler/Stacker support strut2 J7Z09-67975 1

2 This part includes support strut.

Inline finisher FFCs
Figure 2-36 Inline finisher FFCs

Table 2-38 Inline finisher FFCs 1
Not shown Stapler/Stacker FFC Kit J7Z09-67973 1


Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher
Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR)
Figure 2-37 Floor standing finisher covers WUR

Table 2-39 Floor standing finisher WUR1
1 Floor standing finisher JC90-01806A 1
2 Bridge assembly J7Z09-67001 1
3 Kit, heated pressure roller 110V J7Z09-67997 1
3 Kit, heated pressure roller 220V J7Z09-67998 1

ENWW Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher 2533

Floor standing finisher covers
Figure 2-38 Floor standing finisher covers
28
16
29
26
27

Table 2-40 Floor standing finisher covers1
8 Magnet JC81-08263A 1
12 Rear cover JC63-04986B 1
13 Hinge JC66-04767A 2
14 Cover-r, lower JC63-04987B 1
15 Cover, caster JC63-05787A 1
16 Cover, front upper and lower (with door) JC95-02142A 1
20 Cover, top (left) JC63-05715A 1
22 Finisher sub-top cover assembly JC90-01743A 1
24 Door, rear JC90-01779A 1
25 Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B 1
26 Output bin, top (cover-t) JC63-04996B 1
27 Output bin, lower (cover-m) JC63-05002B 1
28 Cover, rear-right upper JC63-05716A 1
29 Cover, rear-right lower JC63-05717A 1
30 Shield, lower JC90-01771B 1
31 Shield, upper JC90-01784A 1
32 Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) JC63-05003B 2


Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1
Figure 2-39 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1

Table 2-41 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 11
4 Finisher sub-ejector unit JC90-01409A 1
5 Roller, main-feed entrance JC66-04722A 1
12 Bearing ball 6601-001478 6
14 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
16 Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A 1
19 Finisher sub-tamper rear JC90-01807A 1
20 Finisher sub-tamper front JC90-01794A 1



5 Finisher sub feed JC90-01672A 1
6 Spring JC61-07414A 2
9 Bushing JC61-00426A 2
11 Bearing ball 6601-001478 6
12 Main-brush, exit JC67-00817A 1
13 Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A 1
14 Finisher sub-top jam JC90-01455A 1


40
36A

2 Finisher sub-clutch div JC90-01474A 1
4 Finisher sub-end fence JC90-01466A 1
5 Clutch drive JC90-01404A 1
6 Roller, top-feed exit JC66-04727A 1
12 Gear JC66-04602A 1
17 Actuator JC66-04526A 1
18 Cover-t, tray JC63-04995B 1
19 Seal JC62-01328A 1
22 Guide JC61-07206A 1
25 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003649 1
31 Bearing ball 6601-003062 2
36 Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A 1
36A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A 1
37 Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence JC90-01467A 1
38 Finisher sub-drv buffer JC90-01453A 1
39 Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A 1
40 Motor, buffer exit JC90-01673A 1
Not shown Solenoid JC90-01675A 1



2 Finisher sub-staple unit JC90-01765A 1
10 Ground JC63-04984A 1
17 Guide JC61-07192A 1
18 Guide JC61-07189A 1
26 Top-brush exit JC67-00818A 1
27 Compiler-brush, ceiling front JC67-00820A 1
28 Compiler-brush, ceiling rear JC67-00819A 1
29 Tray HFT motor JC90-01415B 1
30 Motor, paddle JC90-01461A 1
31 Motor, SCU JC90-01414A 1
Not shown PCA - 3K main JC92-02968B 1


SCU motor and STK motor, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-43 SCU motor and STK motor, floor standing finisher

Table 2-45 SCU motor and STK motor, floor standing finisher1
1 Motor, SCU assembly JC90-01414A 1
1-1 Motor, step JC93-01156A 1
1-2 Gear JC66-04604A 1
1-5 Cable clamp 6502-001131 1
1-6 E-ring 6044–000125 2
2 Motor, main tray lift assembly JC90-01415B 1
2-1 Cartridge, ICT-PIN JG70-40542A 1
2-2 Stacker, CSP-worm JC81-07637A 1
2-9 Motor, lift JC31-00178B 1
2-11 Bearing ball 6031-001547 3
2-12 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 1


Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-44 Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam, floor standing finisher

Table 2-46 Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam, floor standing finisher1
1 Motor, buffer assembly JC90-01453A 1
1-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01155A 1
2 Top lower feed assembly JC90-01454A 1
2-1 Actuator, top exit JC66-04525A 1
2-3 Spring, ts JC61-07411A 1
2-6 Harness, 3k finisher exit path JC39-02322A 1
2-7 Sensor JC32-00020A 1
3 Top jam access path JC90-01455A 2
3-6 Seal JC62-01328A 1
3-7 Spring, ts JC61-07417A 1
3-8 Spring, es JC61-07415A 4
3-9 Spring, ts JC61-07410A 1
3-10 Spring, es JC61-07409A 2
3-11 Guide, diverter JC61-07205A 1
3-12 Guide, top jam JC61-07196A 1


Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-45 Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit, floor standing finisher

Table 2-47 Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit, floor standing finisher1
1-4 Spring, es JC61-07408A 2
1-7 Sensor, rp JC32-00020A 1
2 Finisher sub-mid jam JC90-01450A 1
3 Finisher sub-exit main JC90-01451A 1


Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-46 Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor, floor standing finisher

Table 2-48 Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor, floor standing finisher1
1 Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A 1
1-3 Spring, ts JC61-07413A 2
1-5 Guide, buff div JC61-07204A 1
1-7 Guide, buff exit JC61-08072A 1
1-8 Sensor, rp JC32-00020A 1
2 Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A 1
2-1 Magnet JC81-08263A 1
2-2 Spring, ts JC61-07418A 1
3 Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A 1
3-1 Ict-pin, paralled, p/u JC70-40360A 1
4 Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A 1
4 Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A 1
4-1 Motor step, ip JC31-00163B 2
5 Motor, paddle assembly JC90-01461A 1


Front alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-47 Front alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher

Table 2-49 Front alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher1
0 Front tamper unit JC90-01794A 1
13 Driver motor, step JC93-01001B 1
15 Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 1


Rear alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-48 Rear alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher

Table 2-50 Rear alignment (tamper) unit, floor standing finisher1
0 Rear tamper unit JC90-01807A 1
1 Driver motor, step JC93-01001B 1
12 Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 1

Upper shield, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-49 Upper shield, floor standing finisher

Table 2-51 Upper shield, floor standing finisher1
1 Shield, upper JC90-01784A 1
1-9 Cover, stacker JC63-04999B 1
1-10 Spring, ts JC61-07428A 1
1-11 Spring, ts JC61-07427A 1
2 Motor, fence assembly JC90-01467A


Backpack assembly, floor standing finisher
Figure 2-50 Backpack assembly, floor standing finisher
2
3
7
5
6 4

Table 2-52 Backpack assembly, floor standing finisher1
1 Backpack, assembly JC90-01796A 1
2 Bushing JC61-00426A 2
3 Shaft JC66-05209A 1
4 Spring JC61-08295A 2
5 Cable, sensor JC39-02612A 1
6 Cable, power and communication JC39-02610A 1
7 Plunger, backpack JC61-08258A 2
8 Photo-interrupter, sensor 0604-001393 2

1

Alphabetical parts list
Table 2-53 Alphabetical parts list
Description Part number Table and page
1x550 sheet feeder right inner cover A7W95–67011 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
cabinet covers 1 on page 2513
3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit A7W95–67013 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
cabinet internal assemblies1
on page 2515
3x550 sheet feeder paper tray FFC kit A7W95-67013 3x550-sheet feeder internal
assemblies 1 on page 2519
Actuator JC66-04526A Floor standing finisher internal

Actuator, top exit JC66-04525A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
jam, floor standing finisher1
on page 2547
ADF Hinges Kit J7Z09-67931 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF lock J7Z09-67916 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67926 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) A7W94-67007 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67929 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67930 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) Y3Z60-67903 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Analog fax PCA (fax models only) B5L53-67901 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Backpack, assembly JC90-01796A Backpack assembly, floor

standing finisher1 on page 2559
Bearing ball 6601-001478 Floor standing finisher internal




Table 2-53 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
Bearing ball 6031-001547 SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67001 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67002 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Bridge assembly J7Z09-67001 Floor standing finisher WUR1

on page 2533
Bridge assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67001 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67005 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Bushing JC61-00426A Floor standing finisher internal

Bushing JC61-00426A Backpack assembly, floor

Cable clamp 6502-001131 SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Cable, conditioner media transmission interconnect J7Z09-67036 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Cable, ECB to formatter J7Z09-67944 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, ECB to formatter power J7Z09-67943 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, fans J7Z09-67037 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1

on page 2507
Cable, finisher to printer J7Z09-67038 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1

on page 2507
Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter J7Z09-67942 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy Y3Z60-67910 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/ finisher J7Z09-67918 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67949 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise J7Z09-67920 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow J7Z09-67921 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67919 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67950 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, PC to AC control module J7Z09-67948 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, power and communication JC39-02610A Backpack assembly, floor

Cable, Power supply cables J7Z09-67941 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 2561

Cable, power supply to MPCA J7Z09-67941 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Cable, sensor JC39-02612A Backpack assembly, floor

Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter J7Z04-67907 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, SFP control panel to formatter J7Z04-67905 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cable, SFP USB to formatter J7Z04-67906 Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Cartridge, ICT-PIN JG70-40542A SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67019 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67019 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Center lower nose cone assembly J7Z09-67915 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Center rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67005 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Clutch drive JC90-01404A Floor standing finisher internal

Compiler-brush, ceiling front JC67-00820A Floor standing finisher internal

Compiler-brush, ceiling rear JC67-00819A Floor standing finisher internal

Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF printers) J7Z09-67032 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Control panel (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67928 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Control panel assembly (P774) Y3Z60-67911 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) K0Q15-67901 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large touchscreen J7Z09-67904 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471

Control panel bezel w/left CP (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67908 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67990 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67004 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67988 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, caster JC63-05787A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) J7Z09-67991 Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
Cover, conditioner left upper add-on J7Z09-67993 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, conditioner left upper trim J7Z09-67992 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67989 Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67024 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67987 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate J7Z09-67936 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate J7Z09-67936 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, formatter cage J7Z09-67937 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Cover, front inner (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67004 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473

Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, front upper and lower (with door) JC95-02142A Floor standing finisher covers1
on page 2535
Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) J7Z09-67996 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Cover, HIP (SFP) G1W39-67905 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) J7Z09-67922 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, keyboard filler J7Z09-67906 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67002 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, lower front cover retainer kit A7W93-67087 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, lower front cover retainer kit A7W93-67087 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1
on page 2475
Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67003 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
Cover, rear-right lower JC63-05717A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Cover, rear-right upper JC63-05716A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Cover, right (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67001 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509

Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, scanner rear w/ SS J7Z09-67917 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) J7Z09-67923 Covers (780/785/E776/
P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Cover, stacker JC63-04999B Upper shield, floor standing

finisher1 on page 2557
Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67003 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67003 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
Cover, stand front inner (HCI) A7W97-67003 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) A7W97-67004 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67004 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67002 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67002 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
Cover, stand left (HCI) A7W95-67002 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67001 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67001 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
Cover, stand rear (HCI) A7W95-67001 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Cover, top (left) JC63-05715A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Cover, top assembly (SFP) J7Z04-67904 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover, USB (SFP) J7Z04-67901 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Cover-r, lower JC63-04987B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Cover-t, tray JC63-04995B Floor standing finisher internal


Deskew front drive assembly A7W93-67050 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Deskew front drive gear assembly A7W93-67095 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Deskew rear drive assembly A7W93-67051 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67985 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
Door, left assembly (floor standing finisher printers only) Z5G75-60110 Covers (780/785/E776/
P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Door, left assembly (FSF printers) Z5G75-60110 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
Door, rear JC90-01779A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Door, right (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67021 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Door, right (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67016 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475

Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Airflow and right door assemblies

1
on page 2487
Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67012 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
Door, upper front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67986 Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
Drive motor, step JC93-01155A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
Drive motor, step JC93-01001A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

cam, hb motor, and paddle motor,
floor standing finisher1
on page 2551
Drive motor, step JC93-01001A Upper shield, floor standing

Driver motor, step JC93-01001B Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
Driver motor, step JC93-01001B Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
Duplex entry drive assembly A7W93-67030 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies1 on page 2479
Duplex entry rear gear carrier A7W93-67025 Tray pick and duplex path
Duplex exit drive assembly A7W93-67038 Tray pick and duplex path
Duplex floor A7W93-67052 Tray pick and duplex path

E-ring 6044–000125 SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Ejection drive assembly A7W93-67054 Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) Y3Z60-67906 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) J7Z04-67908 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Engine control board MPCA Y3Z60-67912 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Engine control PCA FFC kit J7Z09-67947 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) J7Z09-67014 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) J7Z09-67013 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501

Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Fan, aerosol A7W93-67105 Airflow and right door assemblies

1
on page 2487
Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 Vapor module (FSF printers)1

on page 2501
Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) J7Z09-67011 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2499
Feed motor FFC Kit A7W93-67007 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Feed shaft A7W93-67035 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Finisher sub feed JC90-01672A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-clutch div JC90-01474A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Finisher sub-drv buffer JC90-01453A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence JC90-01467A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-ejector unit JC90-01409A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-end fence JC90-01466A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-exit main JC90-01451A Entrance guide, mid jam, and

main exit, floor standing finisher1
on page 2549
Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher internal
Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A Transfer buffer, right jam, div
on page 2551

Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher internal
Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A Transfer buffer, right jam, div
on page 2551
Finisher sub-mid jam JC90-01450A Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Finisher sub-staple unit JC90-01765A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-tamper front JC90-01794A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-tamper rear JC90-01807A Floor standing finisher internal

Finisher sub-top cover assembly JC90-01743A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Finisher sub-top jam JC90-01455A Floor standing finisher internal

Floor standing finisher JC90-01806A Floor standing finisher WUR1

on page 2533
Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit J7Z09-67945 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) J7Z04-67902 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/India J7Z04-67903 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) J7Z09-67912 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/India J7Z09-67913 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) Y3Z60-67901 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India Y3Z60-67902 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491

Front tamper unit JC90-01794A Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
Gear JC66-04602A Floor standing finisher internal

Gear JC66-04604A SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Ground JC63-04984A Floor standing finisher internal

Guide JC61-07206A Floor standing finisher internal



Guide, buff div JC61-07204A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Guide, buff exit JC61-08072A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Guide, diverter JC61-07205A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Guide, top jam JC61-07196A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Harness, 3k finisher exit path JC39-02322A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
HCI FFC Kit A7W97-67005 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Hinge JC66-04767A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475

Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
HIP cover (MFP) J7Z09-67901 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67010 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) J7Z09-67008 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67023 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Ict-pin, paralled, p/u JC70-40360A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Island of Data (IOD) PCA J7Z09-67946 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Island of data PCA and FFC kit J7Z09-67946 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Kit, airflow repair (includes ACCM and FFC) A7W93-67027 Airflow and right door assemblies
1
on page 2487
Kit, drop detect carriage assembly A7W93-67060 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Kit, ejection flap drive assembly A7W93-67049 Left door eject assemblies1
on page 2485
Kit, feed motor A7W93-67071 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Kit, FFC conditioner distribution J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC conditioner jam access J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC front door sensor (conditioner) J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC media transport output motor J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507

Kit, FFC mount assembly J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) J7Z09-67952 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) 5851-6712 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) B5L29-67903 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67997 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67998 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Kit, heated pressure roller 110V J7Z09-67997 Floor standing finisher WUR1
on page 2533
Kit, heated pressure roller 220V J7Z09-67998 Floor standing finisher WUR1
on page 2533
Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67932 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) Y3Z60-67904 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Kit, image sensor repair A7W93-67063 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Kit, printhead FFC cable A7W93-67010 Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493
Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes service fluid container) A7W93-67069 Printhead assembly 1
on page 2493
Kit, printhead wiper assembly A7W93-67080 Tray pick and duplex path
Kit, service fluid container A7W93-67081 Tray pick and duplex path
Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67005 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67005 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
Kit, skirt cover (HCI) A7W95-67005 HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521

Kit, supply interconnect A7W93-67103 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Kit, TPM J7Z09-67974 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Kit, tray 1 roller A7W93-67039 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
Left door FFC kit A7W93-67008 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Left front upper FFC kit A7W93-67014 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Left lower nose cone assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67914 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Left lower nose cone assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67907 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Left rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67009 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Left rear upper FFC kit A7W93-67013 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Light, standard output bin A7W93-67072 Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Magnet JC81-08263A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Magnet JC81-08263A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Main bin full sensor A7W93-67064 Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
Main PCA center mount bracket A7W93-67097 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Main-brush, exit JC67-00817A Floor standing finisher internal

Motor step, ip JC31-00163B Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67999 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Motor with bracket, drop detect A7W93-67061 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Motor, buffer assembly JC90-01453A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547

Motor, buffer exit JC90-01673A Floor standing finisher internal

Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) J7Z09-67027 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Motor, duplex diverter assembly A7W93-67056 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
Motor, fence assembly JC90-01467A Upper shield, floor standing

Motor, left side vertical drive assembly A7W93-67055 Left door assemblies1
on page 2483
Motor, lift JC31-00178B SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Motor, main tray lift assembly JC90-01415B SCU motor and STK motor, floor
Motor, paddle JC90-01461A Floor standing finisher internal

Motor, paddle assembly JC90-01461A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Motor, printhead wiper A7W93-67045 Printhead wiper assemblies1

on page 2495
Motor, SCU JC90-01414A Floor standing finisher internal

Motor, SCU assembly JC90-01414A SCU motor and STK motor, floor
Motor, step JC93-01156A SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) A7W97-67006 HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) A7W97-67007 HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67002 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Output bin A7W93-67048 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Output bin A7W93-67048 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475

Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) JC63-05003B Floor standing finisher covers1
on page 2535
Output bin, lower (cover-m) JC63-05002B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Output bin, top (cover-t) JC63-04996B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Path jam assembly (HCI) A7W97-67010 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Path jam drive assembly (HCI) A7W97-67011 HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
PCA - 3K main JC92-02968B Floor standing finisher internal

PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) J7Z09-67003 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
PCA, center rear lower A7W93-67020 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) J7Z09-67018 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
PCA, feed motor encoder A7W93-67018 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
PCA, left door A7W93-67017 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
PCA, left front upper A7W93-67019 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, left rear lower A7W93-67021 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, left rear upper A7W93-67029 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, right rear lower A7W93-67028 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, temperature/humidity A7W93-67070 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
PCA, tray (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67005 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67005 3x550-sheet feeder internal


PCA, tray (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67005 550-sheet feeder internal

Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 Floor standing finisher internal

Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 Floor standing finisher internal

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 SCU motor and STK motor, floor

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Upper shield, floor standing

Photo-interrupter, sensor 0604-001393 Backpack assembly, floor

Pick arm assembly A7W93-67079 Tray pick and duplex path

Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67079 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67079 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Pick arm assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67079 550-sheet feeder internal

Pick arm assembly (HCI) A7W93-67079 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Pick drive clutch A7W93-67078 Tray pick and duplex path

Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67078 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67078 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Pick drive clutch (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67078 550-sheet feeder internal


Pick drive clutch (HCI) A7W93-67078 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Plunger, backpack JC61-08258A Backpack assembly, floor

Power supply assembly 110/220V J7Z09-67940 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67021 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Printhead assembly FFC cable kit A7W93-67010 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Printhead wiper drive assembly Not orderable Printhead wiper assemblies1

on page 2495
Rear cover JC63-04986B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Rear tamper unit JC90-01807A Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
Restraints, printhead 2 A7W93-67077 Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493
Right duplexer assembly A7W93-67032 Tray pick and duplex path

Right rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67006 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Right side vertical path A7W93-67062 Tray pick and duplex path
Right side vertical path (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67062 550-sheet feeder internal
Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67017 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Roller, main-feed entrance JC66-04722A Floor standing finisher internal

Roller, top-feed exit JC66-04727A Floor standing finisher internal

Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67907 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) Y3Z60-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67908 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Seal JC62-01328A Floor standing finisher internal


Seal JC62-01328A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Sensor JC32-00020A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Sensor, drop detect A7W93-67041 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67029 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67022 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Sensor, left door hall effect PCA A7W93-67096 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) J7Z09-67026 Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) J7Z09-67007 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 Tray pick and duplex path
Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
Sensor, rp JC32-00020A Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
Sensor, rp JC32-00020A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Sensor, tray size detect A7W93-67023 Tray pick and duplex path
Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67023 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515

Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67023 3x550-sheet feeder internal
Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67023 550-sheet feeder internal
Sensor, tray/door A7W93-67040 Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Separation assembly A7W93-67031 Tray pick and duplex path

Separation assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67031 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67031 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Separation assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67031 550-sheet feeder internal

Separation assembly (HCI) A7W93-67088 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Separation assembly (Tray 1) A7W93-67098 Tray pick and duplex path

Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 550-sheet feeder internal

Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 1x550-sheet feeder with storage

on page 2515
Separation mount bracket 3 tray assembly A7W93-67089 Tray pick and duplex path
Separation mount bracket center assembly A7W93-67092 Tray pick and duplex path
Separation mount bracket HCI assembly A7W93-67090 HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
Separation mount bracket right assembly A7W93-67091 Tray pick and duplex path
Service fluid container electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493
Shaft JC66-05209A Backpack assembly, floor

Shield, lower JC90-01771B Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Shield, upper JC90-01784A Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
Shield, upper JC90-01784A Upper shield, floor standing


Smart transducer monitor system J7Z09-67951 Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Solenoid JC90-01675A Floor standing finisher internal

Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67924 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67909 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Spring JC61-07414A Floor standing finisher internal

Spring JC61-08295A Backpack assembly, floor

Spring, es JC61-07415A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Spring, es JC61-07409A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
Spring, es JC61-07408A Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
Spring, ts JC61-07411A Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547

on page 2547

on page 2547
Spring, ts JC61-07413A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Spring, ts JC61-07418A Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
Spring, ts JC61-07428A Upper shield, floor standing

Spring, ts JC61-07427A Upper shield, floor standing

Stacker, CSP-worm JC81-07637A SCU motor and STK motor, floor


Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67026 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67026 3x550-sheet feeder internal
Staple paper sensor flag J7Z09-67959 Inline finisher internal

components 1 on page 2527
Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor J7Z09-67967 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly J7Z09-67978 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer J7Z09-67980 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly J7Z09-67965 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly J7Z09-67970 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit J7Z09-67958 Inline finisher mezzanine

Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly J7Z09-67966 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker FFC Kit J7Z09-67973 Inline finisher FFCs 1

on page 2531
Stapler/Stacker front cover J7Z09–67953 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide J7Z09-67979 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker inner left cover J7Z09-67956 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover J7Z09-67955 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit J7Z09–67981 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit J7Z09-67961 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover 2 A7W96-67005 Inline finisher mezzanine
Stapler/Stacker main PCA J7Z09-67960 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover J7Z09-67982 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit J7Z09-67969 Inline finisher mezzanine


Stapler/Stacker rear cover J7Z09-67922 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector2 A7W93–67077 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker right cover J7Z09-67954 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge J7Z09–67933 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly J7Z09-67964 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly cover J7Z09-67976 Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
Stapler/Stacker support strut2 J7Z09-67975 Inline finisher mezzanine

Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray J7Z09-67962 Inline finisher internal
Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly J7Z09-67963 Inline finisher internal

Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide J7Z09-67977 Inline finisher internal

Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Strap, left door A7W93-67058 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Strap, left door A7W93-67058 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Strap, right door A7W93-67059 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Strap, right door A7W93-67059 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553

Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
Timing-belt, gear 6602-003649 Floor standing finisher internal







Top jam access path JC90-01455A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
Top lower feed assembly JC90-01454A Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
Top-brush exit JC67-00818A Floor standing finisher internal

Torque limiter, Tray 2-x A7W93-67104 Tray pick and duplex path
Tray 1 assembly A7W93-67057 Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
Tray 1 pick and separation assembly A7W93-67098 Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
Tray 1 pick roller access cover A7W94-67008 Left door eject assemblies1
on page 2485
Tray 2 A7X02-60028 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Tray 2 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67067 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1x550-sheet feeder with storage

Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 550-sheet feeder internal

Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit A7X02-67006 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Tray 3 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67068 Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Tray HFT motor JC90-01415B Floor standing finisher internal

Tray latch assembly A7W93-67034 Tray pick and duplex path

Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67034 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67034 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Tray latch assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67034 550-sheet feeder internal

Tray latch assembly (HCI) A7W93-67034 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Tray lift assembly A7W93-67022 Tray pick and duplex path

Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) A7W93-67022 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67022 3x550-sheet feeder internal

Tray lift assembly (550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67022 550-sheet feeder internal

Tray, left (HCI) A7W97-67008 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
Tray, right (HCI) A7W97-67012 HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
UK English keyboard J7Z09-67910 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471

Upper paper guide assembly A7W93-67053 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
US English keyboard J7Z09-67909 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) J7Z09-67902 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) J7Z09-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Wireless PCA 0906-3654 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471

Numerical parts list
Table 2-54 Numerical parts list
Part number Description Table and page
0604-001393 Photo-interrupter SCU motor and STK motor, floor

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Upper shield, floor standing

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter, sensor Backpack assembly, floor

0604-001415 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher internal

0604-001415 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher internal

0906-3654 Wireless PCA Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
5851-6712 Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
6031-001547 Bearing ball SCU motor and STK motor, floor

6044–000125 E-ring SCU motor and STK motor, floor

6502-001131 Cable clamp SCU motor and STK motor, floor

6601-001478 Bearing ball Floor standing finisher internal



6602-003270 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal


Table 2-54 Numerical parts list (continued)


6602-003644 Timing belt, gear Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
6602-003644 Timing belt, gear Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555




A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67005 Center rear lower FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67006 Right rear lower FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67007 Feed motor FFC Kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67008 Left door FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67009 Left rear lower FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67010 Kit, printhead FFC cable Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493
A7W93-67010 Printhead assembly FFC cable kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67013 Left rear upper FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67014 Left front upper FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 550-sheet feeder internal

ENWW Numerical parts list 2587

A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 1x550-sheet feeder with storage

on page 2515
A7W93-67017 PCA, left door Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
A7W93-67018 PCA, feed motor encoder Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67019 PCA, left front upper Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67020 PCA, center rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67021 PCA, left rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal
A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal
A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Airflow and right door assemblies

1
on page 2487
A7W93-67025 Duplex entry rear gear carrier Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67027 Kit, airflow repair (includes ACCM and FFC) Airflow and right door assemblies
1
on page 2487

A7W93-67028 PCA, right rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67029 PCA, left rear upper Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67030 Duplex entry drive assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67031 Separation assembly Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67032 Right duplexer assembly Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W93-67035 Feed shaft Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67038 Duplex exit drive assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67039 Kit, tray 1 roller Left door assemblies1

on page 2483

A7W93-67040 Sensor, tray/door Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67041 Sensor, drop detect Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67045 Motor, printhead wiper Printhead wiper assemblies1

on page 2495
A7W93-67048 Output bin Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67048 Output bin Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67049 Kit, ejection flap drive assembly Left door eject assemblies1
on page 2485
A7W93-67050 Deskew front drive assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67051 Deskew rear drive assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67052 Duplex floor Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67053 Upper paper guide assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67054 Ejection drive assembly Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
A7W93-67055 Motor, left side vertical drive assembly Left door assemblies1
on page 2483
A7W93-67056 Motor, duplex diverter assembly Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
A7W93-67057 Tray 1 assembly Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
A7W93-67058 Strap, left door Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67058 Strap, left door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475

A7W93-67059 Strap, right door Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67059 Strap, right door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67060 Kit, drop detect carriage assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67061 Motor with bracket, drop detect Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal
A7W93-67063 Kit, image sensor repair Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67064 Main bin full sensor Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485
A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67067 Tray 2 (A4; tandem) Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67068 Tray 3 (A4; tandem) Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67069 Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes service fluid container) Printhead assembly 1
on page 2493
A7W93-67070 PCA, temperature/humidity Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67071 Kit, feed motor Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67072 Light, standard output bin Left door eject assemblies1

on page 2485

A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67077 Restraints, printhead 2 Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493
A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523

A7W93-67080 Kit, printhead wiper assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67081 Kit, service fluid container Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1
on page 2475
A7W93-67088 Separation assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W93-67089 Separation mount bracket 3 tray assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67090 Separation mount bracket HCI assembly HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
A7W93-67091 Separation mount bracket right assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67092 Separation mount bracket center assembly Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67095 Deskew front drive gear assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies1
on page 2481
A7W93-67096 Sensor, left door hall effect PCA Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67097 Main PCA center mount bracket Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67098 Separation assembly (Tray 1) Tray pick and duplex path

A7W93-67098 Tray 1 pick and separation assembly Left door assemblies1

on page 2483
A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7W93-67102 Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67102 Service fluid container electrical interconnect Printhead assembly 1

on page 2493

A7W93-67103 Kit, supply interconnect Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
A7W93-67104 Torque limiter, Tray 2-x Tray pick and duplex path
A7W93-67105 Fan, aerosol Airflow and right door assemblies

1
on page 2487
A7W93–67077 Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector2 Inline finisher internal

A7W94-67007 ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
A7W94-67008 Tray 1 pick roller access cover Left door eject assemblies1
on page 2485
A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
A7W95-67004 Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W95-67012 Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1
on page 2517
A7W95-67013 3x550 sheet feeder paper tray FFC kit 3x550-sheet feeder internal
A7W95-67016 Door, right (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515

A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7W95-67021 Door, right (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal
A7W95–67011 1x550 sheet feeder right inner cover 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7W95–67013 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7W96-67005 Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover 2 Inline finisher mezzanine
A7W97-67001 Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W97-67002 Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W97-67003 Cover, stand front inner (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W97-67004 Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W97-67005 HCI FFC Kit HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W97-67006 Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
A7W97-67007 Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
A7W97-67008 Tray, left (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) HCI feeder covers1 on page 2521
A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W97-67010 Path jam assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523
A7W97-67011 Path jam drive assembly (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1
on page 2523
A7W97-67012 Tray, right (HCI) HCI feeder internal assemblies1

on page 2523

A7X02-60028 Tray 2 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
A7X02-67001 Cover, right (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
A7X02-67002 Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
A7X02-67003 Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
A7X02-67004 Cover, front inner (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2509
A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet feeder internal

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
on page 2515
A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder covers1

on page 2517
A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet feeder internal

B5L29-67903 Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
B5L53-67901 Analog fax PCA (fax models only) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
G1W39-67905 Cover, HIP (SFP) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z04-67901 Cover, USB (SFP) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z04-67902 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491

J7Z04-67903 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z04-67904 Cover, top assembly (SFP) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z04-67905 Cable, SFP control panel to formatter Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z04-67906 Cable, SFP USB to formatter Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z04-67907 Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z04-67908 eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly Floor standing finisher WUR1

on page 2533
J7Z09-67002 MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
J7Z09-67003 PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67004 Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67005 Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67007 Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2497
J7Z09-67008 HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67010 HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67011 Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1

on page 2499
J7Z09-67013 Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67014 Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67015 Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1

on page 2501
J7Z09-67015 Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501

J7Z09-67017 Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67018 PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67020 Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67020 Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67021 Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67022 Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67023 HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67024 Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67026 Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67027 Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2497
J7Z09-67029 Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67030 Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (FSF printers)1
on page 2499
J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67032 Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC media transport output motor Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC mount assembly Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC front door sensor (conditioner) Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner jam access Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67036 Cable, conditioner media transmission interconnect Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1
on page 2507
J7Z09-67037 Cable, fans Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1

on page 2507
J7Z09-67038 Cable, finisher to printer Discrete cables and FFCs (FSF)1

on page 2507
J7Z09-67901 HIP cover (MFP) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67902 USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67904 Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large touchscreen Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67905 Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67905 USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67906 Cover, keyboard filler Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67907 Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67908 Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67909 US English keyboard Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67910 UK English keyboard Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67912 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491

J7Z09-67913 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67914 Left lower nose cone assembly (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67915 Center lower nose cone assembly Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67916 ADF lock Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67917 Cover, scanner rear w/ SS Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67918 Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/ finisher Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67919 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67920 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67921 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67922 Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67922 Stapler/Stacker rear cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09-67923 Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) Covers (780/785/E776/
P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67924 Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67926 ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67928 Control panel (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67929 ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67930 ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67931 ADF Hinges Kit Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471

J7Z09-67932 Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z09-67937 Cover, formatter cage Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear Covers (780/785/E776/

P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
J7Z09-67940 Power supply assembly 110/220V Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67941 Cable, power supply to MPCA Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
J7Z09-67941 Cable, Power supply cables Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67942 Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67943 Cable, ECB to formatter power Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67944 Cable, ECB to formatter Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67945 Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67946 Island of Data (IOD) PCA Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67946 Island of data PCA and FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
J7Z09-67947 Engine control PCA FFC kit FFCs and FFC kits 1 on page 2503
J7Z09-67948 Cable, PC to AC control module Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67949 Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67950 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables1 on page 2505
J7Z09-67951 Smart transducer monitor system Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67952 Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491

J7Z09-67954 Stapler/Stacker right cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09-67955 Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09-67956 Stapler/Stacker inner left cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09-67958 Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit Inline finisher mezzanine

J7Z09-67959 Staple paper sensor flag Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67960 Stapler/Stacker main PCA Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67961 Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67962 Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray Inline finisher internal
J7Z09-67963 Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67964 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67965 Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67966 Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67967 Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67969 Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit Inline finisher mezzanine

J7Z09-67970 Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67973 Stapler/Stacker FFC Kit Inline finisher FFCs 1

on page 2531
J7Z09-67974 Kit, TPM Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
J7Z09-67975 Stapler/Stacker support strut2 Inline finisher mezzanine

J7Z09-67976 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09-67977 Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67978 Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly Inline finisher internal


J7Z09-67979 Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67980 Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67982 Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover Inline finisher internal

J7Z09-67985 Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67986 Door, upper front (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67987 Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67988 Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67989 Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
J7Z09-67990 Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67991 Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
J7Z09-67992 Cover, conditioner left upper trim Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67993 Cover, conditioner left upper add-on Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1
on page 2477
J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67996 Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) Covers (FSF printers)1

on page 2477
J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller 110V Floor standing finisher WUR1
on page 2533
J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller 220V Floor standing finisher WUR1
on page 2533
J7Z09-67999 Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) Vapor module (FSF printers)1
on page 2501
J7Z09–67933 Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge Inline finisher internal


J7Z09–67953 Stapler/Stacker front cover Inline finisher covers1

on page 2525
J7Z09–67981 Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit Inline finisher internal

JC31-00163B Motor step, ip Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC31-00178B Motor, lift SCU motor and STK motor, floor

JC32-00020A Sensor Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
JC32-00020A Sensor, rp Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
JC32-00020A Sensor, rp Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC39-02322A Harness, 3k finisher exit path Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC39-02610A Cable, power and communication Backpack assembly, floor

JC39-02612A Cable, sensor Backpack assembly, floor

JC61-00426A Bushing Floor standing finisher internal

JC61-00426A Bushing Backpack assembly, floor

JC61-07189A Guide Floor standing finisher internal


JC61-07196A Guide, top jam Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC61-07204A Guide, buff div Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC61-07205A Guide, diverter Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547


JC61-07408A Spring, es Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
JC61-07409A Spring, es Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547
JC61-07410A Spring, ts Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547

on page 2547
JC61-07413A Spring, ts Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC61-07414A Spring Floor standing finisher internal

JC61-07415A Spring, es Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547

on page 2547
JC61-07418A Spring, ts Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC61-07427A Spring, ts Upper shield, floor standing

JC61-07428A Spring, ts Upper shield, floor standing

JC61-08072A Guide, buff exit Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC61-08258A Plunger, backpack Backpack assembly, floor

JC61-08295A Spring Backpack assembly, floor

JC62-01328A Seal Floor standing finisher internal

JC62-01328A Seal Drive buffer, top lower, and top

on page 2547

JC63-04984A Ground Floor standing finisher internal

JC63-04986B Rear cover Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-04987B Cover-r, lower Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-04995B Cover-t, tray Floor standing finisher internal

JC63-04996B Output bin, top (cover-t) Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-04999B Cover, stacker Upper shield, floor standing

JC63-05002B Output bin, lower (cover-m) Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-05003B Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) Floor standing finisher covers1
on page 2535
JC63-05715A Cover, top (left) Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-05716A Cover, rear-right upper Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-05717A Cover, rear-right lower Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC63-05787A Cover, caster Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC66-04525A Actuator, top exit Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC66-04526A Actuator Floor standing finisher internal

JC66-04602A Gear Floor standing finisher internal

JC66-04604A Gear SCU motor and STK motor, floor

JC66-04722A Roller, main-feed entrance Floor standing finisher internal

JC66-04727A Roller, top-feed exit Floor standing finisher internal

JC66-04767A Hinge Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC66-05209A Shaft Backpack assembly, floor

JC67-00817A Main-brush, exit Floor standing finisher internal


JC67-00818A Top-brush exit Floor standing finisher internal

JC67-00819A Compiler-brush, ceiling rear Floor standing finisher internal

JC67-00820A Compiler-brush, ceiling front Floor standing finisher internal

JC70-40360A Ict-pin, paralled, p/u Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC81-07637A Stacker, CSP-worm SCU motor and STK motor, floor

JC81-08263A Magnet Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC81-08263A Magnet Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC90-01404A Clutch drive Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01409A Finisher sub-ejector unit Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01414A Motor, SCU Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01414A Motor, SCU assembly SCU motor and STK motor, floor
JC90-01415B Tray HFT motor Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01415B Motor, main tray lift assembly SCU motor and STK motor, floor
JC90-01445B Finisher sub-top door Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC90-01450A Finisher sub-mid jam Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
JC90-01451A Finisher sub-exit main Entrance guide, mid jam, and

on page 2549
JC90-01453A Finisher sub-drv buffer Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01453A Motor, buffer assembly Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547

JC90-01454A Top lower feed assembly Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC90-01455A Finisher sub-top jam Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01455A Top jam access path Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly Floor standing finisher internal
JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly Floor standing finisher internal
JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly Transfer buffer, right jam, div
on page 2551
JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly Transfer buffer, right jam, div
on page 2551
JC90-01461A Motor, paddle Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01461A Motor, paddle assembly Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC90-01466A Finisher sub-end fence Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01467A Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01467A Motor, fence assembly Upper shield, floor standing

JC90-01474A Finisher sub-clutch div Floor standing finisher internal


JC90-01672A Finisher sub feed Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01673A Motor, buffer exit Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551
JC90-01675A Solenoid Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01743A Finisher sub-top cover assembly Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC90-01765A Finisher sub-staple unit Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01771B Shield, lower Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC90-01779A Door, rear Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC90-01784A Shield, upper Floor standing finisher covers1

on page 2535
JC90-01784A Shield, upper Upper shield, floor standing

JC90-01794A Finisher sub-tamper front Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01794A Front tamper unit Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
JC90-01796A Backpack, assembly Backpack assembly, floor

JC90-01806A Floor standing finisher Floor standing finisher WUR1

on page 2533
JC90-01807A Finisher sub-tamper rear Floor standing finisher internal

JC90-01807A Rear tamper unit Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
JC92-02968B PCA - 3K main Floor standing finisher internal

JC93-01001A Drive motor, step Transfer buffer, right jam, div

on page 2551

JC93-01001A Drive motor, step Upper shield, floor standing

JC93-01001B Driver motor, step Front alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2553
JC93-01001B Driver motor, step Rear alignment (tamper) unit,

on page 2555
JC93-01155A Drive motor, step Drive buffer, top lower, and top
on page 2547
JC93-01156A Motor, step SCU motor and STK motor, floor

JC95-02142A Cover, front upper and lower (with door) Floor standing finisher covers1
on page 2535
JG70-40542A Cartridge, ICT-PIN SCU motor and STK motor, floor

K0Q15-67901 Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)1

on page 2475
Not orderable Printhead wiper drive assembly Printhead wiper assemblies1

on page 2495
Y3Z60-67901 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Y3Z60-67902 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Y3Z60-67903 ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67904 Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67905 Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67906 eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) Electrical assemblies 2 1

on page 2491
Y3Z60-67907 Left lower nose cone assembly (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67908 Control panel bezel w/left CP (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67909 Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471

Y3Z60-67910 Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy Discrete cables1 on page 2505
Y3Z60-67911 Control panel assembly (P774) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779)1
on page 2471
Y3Z60-67912 Engine control board MPCA Electrical assemblies 1 1

on page 2489
Z5G75-60110 Door, left assembly (floor standing finisher printers only) Covers (780/785/E776/
P774/P77 models)1
on page 2473
Z5G75-60110 Door, left assembly (FSF printers) Left door assemblies1

on page 2483

Index
Symbols/Numerics 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies airflow and right door assemblies
, formatter cage removing and replacing 1597 parts list 2486
removing and replacing 878 3x550-sheet feeder lift assemblies airflow assembly
1x550-sheet feeder latch assembly removing and replacing 1615 removing and replacing 1195
removing and replacing 1597 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller airflow repair assembly
1x550-sheet feeder lift assembly arm(s) removing and replacing 1195
removing and replacing 1615 removing and replacing 1619
1x550-sheet feeder pickup roller 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit B
arm(s) assemblies (PCA) backpack assembly (finisher)
removing and replacing 1619 removing and replacing 1591 removing and replacing 2093
1x550-sheet feeder printed circuit 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover backpack inner assemblies (finisher)
assemblies (PCA) removing and replacing 1570 removing and replacing 2112
removing and replacing 1591 3x550-sheet feeder right door backpack plungers (finisher)
1x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch removing and replacing 1578 removal and replacement 2009
removing and replacing 1604 3x550-sheet feeder separation bin full sensor, inline finisher
1x550-sheet feeder width detect assembly removing and replacing 1864
sensor removing and replacing 1625 bin illumination sensor, inline finisher
removing and replacing 1611 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutches removing and replacing 1846
1x550-sheet feeder with storage removing and replacing 1604 bracket, rear-left support; conditioner
cabinet 3x550-sheet feeder width detect power supply
parts list 2512, 2516 sensors removing and replacing 836
1x550-sheet feeder with storage removing and replacing 1611 bridge assemblies (FSF printers)
cabinet inner front cover 550-sheet feeder parts list 2496
removing and replacing 1575 parts list 2508 bridge assembly (floor standing
1x550-sheet feeder with storage 780/785/P774/P779 touchscreen finisher printers)
cabinet rear cover document feeder, scanner, control removing and replacing 387
removing and replacing 1570 panel 2470 bridge distribution printed circuit
1x550-sheet feeder with storage assembly (floor standing finisher
cabinet right door A printers)
removing and replacing 1578 accessory removing and replacing 573
1x550-sheet feeder with storage small outline dual in-line memory bridge electrical interconnect (floor
cabinet right inner cover module, install 1530 standing finisher printers)
removing and replacing 1587 accessory, install removing and replacing 422
1x550-sheet feeder with storage stapler/stacker punch assembly bridge jam access sensor (floor
cabinet separation assembly (finisher) 1548 standing finisher printers)
removing and replacing 1625 aerosol fan removing and replacing 413
3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover removing and replacing 1213 bridge jam clear LED (floor standing
removing and replacing 1575 after-service checklist 5 finisher printers)
removing and replacing 486
ENWW Index 2613

bridge REDI sensor (floor standing conditioner main printed circuit document feeder reflector 110
finisher printers) assembly (PCA) (floor standing document feeder rollers 79
removing and replacing 395 finisher printers) eMMC 29
bridge right cover (floor standing removing and replacing 829 HCI tray (left) 118
finisher printers) conditioner power supply and rear-left HCI tray (right) 122
removing and replacing 474 support bracket (floor standing HDD (accelerator drive) 49
BRUs (bench repairable units units) finisher printers) HDD (standard) 40
replacing 3 removing and replacing 836 heated pressure roller (HPR) 8
buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) conditioner right cover (floor standing printhead wiper kit 13
removing and replacing 2344 finisher printers) remove and replace 7
removing and replacing 149 service fluid container kit 19
C conditioner top front cover (floor staple cartridge 25
calendar motor assembly (floor standing finisher printers) tray roller kit (tray 2-X) 88
standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 138 CSR B
removing and replacing 499 control panel (MFP large touchscreen repair and replace 126
calendar roller assembly (floor models) tray 1 roller kit 127
standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 59
removing and replacing 451 control panel, document feeder, D
calendar roller, assembly (floor scanner deskew front drive assembly
standing finisher printers) large/small touchscreen 780/785/ removing and replacing 649
removing and replacing 451 E776/P774/P779 2470 deskew front drive gear assembly
cartridge door control panels (small touchscreen removing and replacing 666
removing and replacing 203 M765/E751/P752/P744) deskew rear drive assembly
cartridges removing and replacing 67 removing and replacing 993
part numbers 2460 control-panel bezel (MFP) diagrams 2455
caster cover (finisher) removing and replacing 240 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
removing and replacing 2136 controller PCA (finisher) cabinet 2512, 2516
cautions iii removing and replacing 2175 550-sheet feeder 2508
Channel partners support conventions, document iii airflow and right door
HP Channel Services Network cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor assemblies 2486
(CSN) 2, 2463 standing finisher printers) bridge assemblies (FSF printers)
chassis assemblies (FSF printers) removing and replacing 540 2496
parts list 2498 cover chassis assemblies (FSF printers)
checklists SS finisher 2012 2498
after-service 5 Cover, left upper add-on (floor covers 2472
preservice 5 standing finisher printers) discrete cables 2504
compiler, inline finisher removing and replacing 163 Electrical assemblies 2488
removing and replacing 1829 Cover, left upper trim (floor standing feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew
conditioner dual HE LMOD (floor finisher printers) assemblies 2480
standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 160 FFCs and engine FFC kits 2502
removing and replacing 1140 covers (printer) high capacity input (HCI) feeder
conditioner inner HPR cover (floor locations 2472 2520
standing finisher printers) parts list 2472 inline finisher 2524
removing and replacing 522 covers, Inline finisher left door 2482
conditioner left-front inner cover (floor parts list 2524 printhead assembly 2490, 2492
standing finisher printers) CSR A printhead wiper assemblies 2494
removing and replacing 514 control panel (large Stapler/Stacker 2524
touchscreen) 59 tray pick and duplex path
control panel (small touchscreen assemblies 2478
M765/E751/P752/P744) 67 vapor module(FSF printers) 2500
2614 Index ENWW

discrete cables exhaust distribution duct (floor formatter cover
parts list 2504 standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 170
document conventions iii removing and replacing 562 front cover (floor standing finisher
document feeder exit guide lower (floor standing printers)
removing and replacing 290 finisher printers) removing and replacing 432
document feeder and scanner whole removing and replacing 764 front cover, inline finisher
units (MFP) exit guide lower air duct (floor removing and replacing 1762
parts lists and diagrams 2470 standing finisher printers) front deskew and rear deskew REDI
document feeder hinges removing and replacing 1159 sensors
document feeder reflector (MFP F front door assembly (finisher)
models only) fan, cooling 1 and coupling(floor removing and replacing 2034
removing and replacing 110 standing finisher printers) front door sensor (conditioner (floor
document feeder, scanner, control removing and replacing 540 standing finisher printers)
panel fan; exhaust lower (and HPR duct) removing and replacing 531
large touchscreen 780/785/E776/ (floor standing finisher printers) front lower cover (finisher)
P774/P779 2470 removing and replacing 549 removing and replacing 2042
small touchscreen E744 2470 fax PCA (785f and 785zs) front tamper motor (M6)
dual in-line memory module accessory removing and replacing 870 removing and replacing 2357
install 1530 feed entrance motor (M1) front tamper unit
dummy feed guide removing and replacing 2326 removing and replacing 2266
removing and replacing 2201 feed exit motor (M2) front tower cover
duplex entry drive assembly removing and replacing 2335 removing and replacing 207
removing and replacing 951 feed motor assembly front-right support cover (bridge)
duplex exit drive assembly removing and replacing 632 (floor standing finisher printers)
removing and replacing 1008 feed motor encoder PCA removing and replacing 463
removing and replacing 615 FRUs (field replaceable units) and
E feed shaft BRUs (bench repairable units
eject flap drive assembly removing and replacing 681 replacing 3
removing and replacing 1409 feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew
ejection drive assembly assemblies H
removing and replacing 1240 parts list 2480 hard disk drive (accelerator drive)
ejection path assembly, inline finisher FFCs and engineFFC kits removing and replacing 49
removing and replacing 1796 parts list 2502 hard disk drive (standard drive)
ejector unit field replaceable units (FRUs) removing and replacing 40
removing and replacing 2237 replacing 3 HCI inner front cover
electrical assemblies field replaceable units (FRUs) and removing and replacing 1650
parts list 2488 bench repairable units (BRUs) HCI jam cassette
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 4 replacing 3 removing and replacing 1654
embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) floor standing finisher conditioner rear HCI latch assemblies
removing and replacing 29 cover removing and replacing 1694
eMMC removing and replacing 144 HCI left cover
removing and replacing 29 floor standing finisher right cover removing and replacing 1724
entrance jam wrap sensors (floor removing and replacing 149 HCI pickup roller arm(s)
standing finisher printers) Foreign interface harness (FIH) removing and replacing 1659
removing and replacing 1118 removing and replacing 1546 HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA)
ESD electrostatic discharge (ESD) 4 formatter removing and replacing 1688
exhaust boot upper and lower (floor removing and replacing 845 HCI rear cover
standing finisher printers) formatter cage cover removing and replacing 1645
ENWW Index 2615

HCI right door HPR duct and exhaust fan lower (floor inline finisher support motor assembly
removing and replacing 1715 standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 1818
HCI separation assemblies removing and replacing 549 inline finisher upper bin
removing and replacing 1665 HPR, entrance exit sensors (floor removing and replacing 1921
HCI tray lift motor assembly standing finisher printers) inline finisher upper bin motor
HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette HPR, inner cover (floor standing inline finisher vertical cable cover
drive assembly finisher printers) removing and replacing 1754
removing and replacing 1701 removing and replacing 522 install
HCI tray presence sensors HPR; electrical interconnect(and lower internal USB ports 1537
removing and replacing 1678 duct) (floor standing finisher small outline dual in-line memory
HCI tray width detect sensors printers) module accessory 1530
removing and replacing 1682 removing and replacing 1174 SODIMM accessory 1530
HCI tunnel REDI sensor stapler/stacker punch assembly
removing and replacing 1640 I (finisher) 1548
HDD (accelerator drive) image sensor and motor installation 5
removing and replacing 49 removing and replacing 1445 screws 5
HDD (standard drive) inline finisher See also replacing parts
removing and replacing 40 parts list 2524 Internal components, inline finisher
heated pressure roller (HPR) staple cartridge 25 parts list 2526
CSR A 8 inline finisher bin illumination sensor internal USB ports
removing and replacing 8 removing and replacing 1846, install 1537
heated pressure roller electrical 1864 island of data
interconnect (floor standing finisher inline finisher compiler removing and replacing 896
printers) removing and replacing 1829
removing and replacing 1174 inline finisher ejection path assembly K
heated pressure roller entrance exit removing and replacing 1796 keyboard (MFP flow models)
sensors (floor standing finisher inline finisher front cover removing and replacing 1029
printers) removing and replacing 1762
removing and replacing 1118 inline finisher leading edge clamp kit L
high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet removing and replacing 1950 leading edge clamp kit, inline finisher
feeder left tray inline finisher left door (printer) removing and replacing 1950
removing and replacing 118, 122 extension/diverter kit LED, bridge jam clear (floor standing
high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet removing and replacing 1783 finisher printers)
feeder left tray, removing and inline finisher mezzanine repair kit removing and replacing 486
replacing 118 removing and replacing 1972 LED, supply illumination (bridge) (floor
high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet inline finisher MPCA standing finisher printers)
feeder right tray, removing and removing and replacing 1746 removing and replacing 441
replacing 122 inline finisher MPCA cover left door
high capacity input (HCI) feeder removing and replacing 1738 removing and replacing 244
parts list 2520 inline finisher rear cover (engine) left door (printer) extension/diverter
hinge (cartridge door left) removing and replacing 1732 kit, inline finisher
removing and replacing 601 inline finisher right cover removing and replacing 1783
hinge (cartridge door right) removing and replacing 1769 left door assembly
removing and replacing 587 inline finisher stapler carriage parts list 2482
HP Channel Services Network (CSN) assembly left upper add-on cover (floor standing
Channel partners support 2, removing and replacing 1900 finisher printers)
2463 inline finisher stapler flag removing and replacing 163
HPR removing and replacing 1882
kit (heated pressure roller) 8
2616 Index ENWW

left upper trim (floor standing finisher motors, feed internal assemblies 4, floor
printers) removing and replacing 632 standing finisher 2542
removing and replacing 160 motors, feed motor encoder PCA main exit, floor standing finisher
left-top cover (SS finisher) removing and replacing 615 2548
removal and replacement 2012 motors, image sensor mid jam, floor standing finisher
lower front cover removing and replacing 1445 2548
removing and replacing 223 motors, printhead wiper paddle motor, floor standing
lower shield assembly removing and replacing 961 finisher 2550
removing and replacing 2139 rear alignment (tamper) unit, floor
N standing finisher 2554
M nose cone (center control panel) right jam, floor standing finisher
main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) removing and replacing 193 2550
removing and replacing 973 nose cone (left control panel) SCU motor, floor standing
main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) removing and replacing 179 finisher 2544
cover, inline finisher notes iii STK motor, floor standing
removing and replacing 1738 finisher 2544
main printed circuit assembly (MPCA), O top jam, floor standing finisher
inline finisher output bin, standard 2546
removing and replacing 1746 removing and replacing 269 top lower, floor standing finisher
main tray moving motor (M11) 2546
removing and replacing 2441 P transfer buffer, floor standing
mezzanine repair kit, inline finisher pad, document feeder separation (MFP finisher 2550
removing and replacing 1972 models only) upper shield, floor standing
mezzanine, inline finisher assemblies removing and replacing 79 finisher 2556
parts list 2524 part numbers whole unit replacement, floor
mezzanine, Stapler/Stacker cartridges 2460 standing finisher 2532
assemblies, Stapler/Stacker replacement parts 2460 parts lists and diagrams
parts list 2524 supplies 2460 document feeder and scanner
middle internal front cover parts 2455 whole units (780/785) 2470
removing and replacing 214 cover locations (printer) 2472 PCA, distribution (bridge) (floor
module left paper path (floor standing parts and diagrams standing finisher printers)
finisher printers) backpack assembly, floor standing removing and replacing 404
removing and replacing 757 finisher 2558 PCA, right rear lower
motor wall assembly (floor standing covers, floor standing finisher removing and replacing 925
finisher printers) 2534 PCA; bridge interior distribution (floor
removing and replacing 1132 div cam, floor standing finisher standing finisher printers)
motor wall temperature sensor (floor 2550 removing and replacing 573
standing finisher printers) drive buffer, floor standing PCA; conditioner dual HE LMOD (floor
removing and replacing 1149 finisher 2546 standing finisher printers)
motor, calendar assembly (floor entrance guide, floor standing removing and replacing 1140
standing finisher printers) finisher 2548 PCA; conditioner main
removing and replacing 499 front alignment (tamper) unit, floor removing and replacing 829
motors standing finisher 2552 post-service tests 5
ejection drive assembly 1240 hb motor, floor standing finisher power supply
motors, deskew front 2550 removing and replacing 901
removing and replacing 649 internal assemblies 1, floor preservice checklist 5
motors, duplex diverter standing finisher 2536 print quality
removing and replacing 776 internal assemblies 2, floor test 5
motors, duplex entry drive assembly standing finisher 2538
removing and replacing 951 internal assemblies 3, floor
standing finisher 2540
ENWW Index 2617

printed circuit assembly (bridge) (floor removal strategy backpack assembly (finisher
standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 3 2093
removing and replacing 404 removing and replacing backpack inner assemblies
printed circuit assembly (distribution; 1x550-sheet feeder latch (finisher 2112
bridge) (floor standing finisher assembly 1597 bin full sensor, inline finisher
printers) 1x550-sheet feeder lift 1864
removing and replacing 404 assembly 1615 bin illumination sensor, inline
printhead assembly 1x550-sheet feeder pickup roller finisher 1846
parts list 2490, 2492 arm(s) 1619 bridge assembly (floor standing
removing and replacing 1253 1x550-sheet feeder separation finisher printers) 387
printhead wiper assembly 1625 bridge electrical interconnect (floor
removing and replacing 13 1x550-sheet feeder tray pick standing finisher printers) 422
printhead wiper assemblies clutch 1604 bridge front cover (floor standing
parts list 2494 1x550-sheet feeder width detect finisher printers) 432
printhead wiper motor sensor 1611 bridge interior distribution printed
removing and replacing 961 1x550-sheet feeder with storage circuit assembly (floor standing
punch assembly, s/s finisher cabinet inner front cover 1575 finisher printers) 573
install 1548 1x550-sheet feeder with storage bridge jam access sensor (floor
cabinet rear cover 1570 standing finisher printers) 413
R 1x550-sheet feeder with storage bridge jam clear LED (floor
rear cover cabinet right door 1578 standing finisher printers) 486
removing and replacing 236 1x550-sheet feeder with storage bridge REDI sensor (floor standing
rear cover (floor standing finisher cabinet right inner cover 1587 finisher printers) 395
printers) 1x550-sheet feeder with storage bridge right cover (floor standing
removing and replacing 144 cabinet separation assembly finisher printers) 474
rear cover (inline finisher; engine 1625 buffer motor, gear, and sensor
removing and replacing 1732 1x550-sheet feeders printed (M3) 2344
rear door (finisher) circuit assemblies (PCA) 1591 calendar motor assembly (floor
removing and replacing 2052 3x550-sheet feeder inner front standing finisher printers) 499
rear tamper motor (M7) cover 1575 calendar roller assembly (floor
removing and replacing 2388 3x550-sheet feeder latch standing finisher printers) 451
rear tamper unit assemblies 1597 cartridge door 203
removing and replacing 2296 3x550-sheet feeder lift caster cover (finisher) 2136
rear-lower covers cover (finisher) assemblies 1615 compiler, inline finisher 1829
removing and replacing 2072 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller conditioner dual HE LMOD (floor
rear-right lower cover (finisher) arm(s) 1619 standing finisher printers) 1140
removing and replacing 2028 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit conditioner inner HPR cover (floor
rear-right upper cover (finisher) assemblies (PCA) 1591 standing finisher printers) 522
removing and replacing 2023 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover conditioner left-front inner cover
rear-upper cover (finisher) 1570 (floor standing finisher
removing and replacing 2061 3x550-sheet feeder right door printers) 514
REDI sensor 1578 conditioner main printed circuit
bridge (floor standing finisher 3x550-sheet feeder separation assembly (PCA) (floor standing
printers) 395 assembly 1625 finisher printers) 829
removal and replacement 3x550-sheet feeder width detect conditioner power supply and rear-
backpack plungers (finisher) sensors 1611 left support bracket (floor
2009 3x550-sheet tray pick clutch standing finisher printers) 836
left-top cover (SS finisher) 2012 1604 conditioner rear cover (floor
removal order aerosol fan 1213 standing finisher) 144
removing order 6 airflow assembly 1195
2618 Index ENWW

conditioner right cover (floor Foreign interface harness (FIH) heated pressure roller entrance
standing finisher) 149 1546 exit sensors (floor standing
conditioner top front cover (floor formatter 845 finisher printers) 1118
standing finisher printers) 138 formatter cage cover 173 high capacity input (HCI) 4000-
control panel (MFP large formatter cover 170 sheet feeder left tray 118
touchscreen models) 59 formatter, formatter cage 878 high capacity input (HCI) 4000-
control panels (small touchscreen front cover, inline finisher 1762 sheet feeder right tray 122
M765/E751/P752/P744) 67 front deskew and rear deskew hinge (cartridge door left) 601
control-panel bezel (MFP) 240 REDI sensors 1373 hinge (cartridge door right) 587
controller PCA (finisher) 2175 front door assembly (finisher) hinges, document feeder 297
cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor 2034 HPR duct and exhaust fan lower
standing finisher printers) 540 front door sensor (conditioner (floor standing finisher
deskew front drive assembly 649 (floor standing finisher printers) 549
deskew front drive gear printers) 531 image sensor and motor 1445
assembly 666 front lower cover (finisher) 2042 island of data 896
deskew rear drive assembly 993 front tamper motor (M6) 2357 keyboard (MFP flow models)
document feeder 290 front tamper unit 2266 1029
document feeder reflector (MFP front tower cover 207 leading edge clamp kit, inline
models only) 110 front-right support cover (bridge) finisher 1950
drive; HPR (floor standing finisher (floor standing finisher left door 244
printers) 1132 printers) 463 left door (printer) extension/
dummy feed guide 2201 hard disk drive (accelerator diverter kit, inline finisher 1783
duplex entry drive assembly 951 drive) 49 left upper add-on cover (floor
duplex exit drive assembly 1008 hard disk drive (standard drive) standing finisher printers) 163
eject flap drive assembly 1409 40 left upper trim (floor standing
ejection drive assembly 1240 HCI inner front cover 1650 finisher printers) 160
ejection path assembly, inline HCI jam cassette 1654 lower front cover 223
finisher 1796 HCI latch assemblies 1694 lower shield assembly 2139
ejector unit 2237 HCI left cover 1724 main printed circuit assembly
embedded MultiMedia Card HCI pickup roller arm(s) 1659 (MPCA) 973
(eMMC) 29 HCI printed circuit assembly main printed circuit assembly
eMMC 29 (PCA) 1688 (MPCA) cover, inline finisher
entrance jam wrap sensors (floor HCI rear cover 1645 1738
standing finisher printers) 1118 HCI right door 1715 main printed circuit assembly
exhaust boot upper and lower HCI separation assemblies 1665 (MPCA), inline finisher 1746
(floor standing finisher HCI tray lift motor assembly main tray moving motor (M11)
printers) 562 1708 2441
exhaust distribution duct (floor HCI tray pick clutch and jam mezzanine repair kit, inline
standing finisher printers) 562 cassette drive assembly 1701 finisher 1972
exit guide lower (floor standing HCI tray presence sensors 1678 middle internal front cover 214
finisher printers) 764 HCI tray width detect sensors module left paper path (floor
exit guide lower air duct (floor 1682 standing finisher printers) 757
standing finisher printers) 1159 HCI tunnel REDI sensor 1640 motor and bracket kit and carriage
fax PCA (785f and 785zs) 870 HDD (accelerator drive) 49 kit, TBODD 1322
feed entrance motor (M1) 2326 HDD (standard drive) 40 motor wall assembly (floor
feed exit motor (M2) 2335 heated pressure roller (HPR) 8 standing finisher printers) 1132
feed motor assembly 632 heated pressure roller electrical motor wall temperature sensor
feed motor encoder PCA 615 interconnect (floor standing (floor standing finisher
feed shaft 681 finisher printers) 1174 printers) 1149
motor, image sensor 1445
ENWW Index 2619

motors, deskew front 649 sensor, output bin full (MFP, with top output bin 2007
motors, duplex diverter 776 inline finisher) 1074 Tray 1 separation assembly 790
motors, duplex entry drive sensor, output bin full (SFP; 765/ Tray 2 (A3) or Tray (A4) latch
assembly 951 E751/P752) 1104 assembly 934
motors, feed 632 sensor, output bin REDI 772 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup
motors, printhead wiper 961 sensor; motor wall temperature roller arm(s) 704
nose cone (center control panel) (floor standing finisher Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift
193 printers) 1149 assembly 748
nose cone (left control panel) sensors, duplex jam1 784 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4)
179 sensors, Front deskew and rear separation assembly 721
pad, document feeder separation deskew REDI 1373 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick
(MFP models only) 79 sensors, right door open, clutch 946
PCA, right rear lower 925 temperature/humidity, and Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width
power supply 901 REDI 808 detect 930
printed circuit assembly Sensors, Tray 1 out-of-paper Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4),
(distribution; bridge) (floor 797 and all optional 1X550-sheet
standing finisher printers) 404 service fluid container 19 input feeders 1527
printhead assembly 1253 service fluid container electrical upper bin motor, inline finisher
printhead wiper 13 interconnect kit 1223 1807
printhead wiper motor 961 smart transducer monitoring upper bin, inline finisher 1921
rear cover 236 system 908 upper front door 166
rear cover (inline finisher; spacer assembly 354 upper paper guide assembly / top-
engine) 1732 standard output bin 269 of-form REDI sensor 1484
rear door (finisher 2052 staple cartridge 25 upper shield assembly 2155
rear tamper motor (M7) 2388 stapler carriage assembly, inline vertical cable cover, inline
rear tamper unit 2296 finisher 1900 finisher 1754
rear-lower cover (finisher) 2072 stapler flag, inline finisher 1882 WiFi PCA 1024
rear-right lower cover (finisher) stapler unit 2186 Wireless fidelity PCA 1024
2028 strap, left door 769 removing parts
rear-right upper cover (finisher) sub scanner assembly (SSA) 315 checklists 5
2023 supply illumination LED (bridge) tools, required 4
rear-upper cover (finisher) 2061 (floor standing finisher replacement parts
right cover, inline finisher 1769 printers) 441 part numbers 2460
right door 261 supply interconnect kit 1295 replacing parts
right duplexer 823 support bracket, main printed about 3
right side vertical path 819 circuit assembly (MPCA) 982 screws 5
right tower cover 211 support motor assembly, inline tools, required 4
rollers, document feeder pickup finisher 1818 right cover, inline finisher
and feed (MFP models only) 79 TBODD sensor PCA 914 removing and replacing 1769
rollers, tray 1 pickup and through beam drop detect (TBODD) right door
separation 127 motor and bracket kit and removing and replacing 261
rollers, tray pickup, feed, and carriage kit 1322 right duplexer
separation 88 through beam drop detect (TBODD) removing and replacing 823
scanner control board (SCB) 884 sensor printed circuit assembly right tower cover
scanner control board (SCB) 914 removing and replacing 211
cover 176 top cover (finisher) 2016 rollers, document feeder pickup and
SCU motor (M10) 2419 top cover (SFP) 304 feed (MFP models only)
sensor, duplex exit REDI 752 top door (finisher) 2082 removing and replacing 79
sensor, output bin full (MFP, no top jam access cover 2210 rollers, tray 1 pickup and separation
inline finisher) 1036 top lower feed assembly 2220 removing and replacing 127
2620 Index ENWW

rollers, tray pickup, feed, and sensor; HPR entrance exit (floor support bracket, main printed circuit
separation standing finisher printers) assembly (MPCA)
sensors, duplex jam1 support motor assembly, inline
S removing and replacing 784 finisher
scanner control board (SCB) sensors, right door open, removing and replacing 1818
removing and replacing 884 temperature/humidity, and REDI
scanner control board (SCB) cover removing and replacing 808 T
removing and replacing 176 Sensors, Tray 1 out-of-paper TBODD sensor PCA
scanner, control panel, document removing and replacing 797 removing and replacing 914,
feeder service and support information v, 1322
touchscreen (780/785/E776/ 2457 tests
P774/P7799) 2470 WISE and CSN 2, 2463 post-service 5
screwdrivers, required 4 service fluid container print-quality 5
screws removing and replacing 19 through beam drop detect (TBODD)
installing 5 service fluid container electrical motor and bracket kit and carriage
types of 5 interconnect kit kit
SCU motor (M10) removing and replacing 1223 removing and replacing 1322
removing and replacing 2419 smart transducer monitoring system through beam drop detect (TBODD)
sensor, bridge jam access (floor removing and replacing 908 sensor printed circuit assembly
standing finisher printers) SODIMM accessory removing and replacing 914
removing and replacing 413 install 1530 tips iii
sensor, duplex exit REDI spacer assembly tools, required 4
removing and replacing 752 removing and replacing 354 top cover (finisher)
sensor, entrance jam wrap staple cartridge removing and replacing 2016
removing and replacing 1118 removing and replacing 25 top cover (SFP)
sensor, front door sensor (conditioner stapler carriage assembly, inline removing and replacing 304
(floor standing finisher printers) finisher top door (finisher)
sensor, motor wall temperature and stapler flag, inline finisher top jam access cover
humidity removing and replacing 1882 removing and replacing 2210
removing and replacing 1149 stapler unit top lower feed assembly
sensor, output bin full (MFP, no inline removing and replacing 2186 removing and replacing 2220
finisher) Stapler/Stacker top output bin
removing and replacing 1036 parts list 2524 removing and replacing 2007
sensor, output bin full (MFP, with inline stapler/stacker punch assembly Tray 1 separation assembly
finisher) (finisher) removing and replacing 790
removing and replacing 1074 install 1548 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray (A4) latch assembly
sensor, output bin full (SFP; 765/ static, precautions for 4 removing and replacing 934
E751/P752) strap, left door Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup
removing and replacing 1104 removing and replacing 769 roller arm(s)
sensor, output bin REDI sub scanner assembly (SSA) removing and replacing 704
removing and replacing 772 removing and replacing 315 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
sensor, REDI supplies removing and replacing 748
bridge (floor standing finisher part numbers 2460 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation
printers) 395 supply illumination LED (bridge) (floor assembly
sensor, Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 721
width detect removing and replacing 441 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick
removing and replacing 930 supply interconnect kit clutch
ENWW Index 2621

Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and
all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders
Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and
all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders, removing and replacing
1527
tray pick and duplex path assemblies
parts list 2478
U
upper bin motor, inline finisher
upper bin, inline finisher
upper front door
upper paper guide assembly / top-of-
form REDI sensor
upper shield assembly
V
vapor module (FSF printers)
parts list 2500
vertical cable cover, inline finisher
vertical path, right side
W
warnings iii
Web-based Interactive Search Engine
WISE 2, 2463
WiFi PCA
Wireless fidelity PCA
WISE
Web-based Interactive Search
Engine 2, 2463
2622 Index ENWW

Repairhp PW Ent Color 765 and MFP 780 785 PW Color 755 774 779 PW Mananged Color E75160 p75250 E77650 E77660 p77440 p77940 p77950 p77960 Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Repairhp PW Ent Color 765 and MFP 780 785 PW Color 755 774 779 PW Mananged Color E75160 p75250 E77650 E77660 p77440 p77940 p77950 p77960 Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Repairhp PW Ent Color 765 and MFP 780 785 PW Color 755 774 779 PW Mananged Color E75160 p75250 E77650 E77660 p77440 p77940 p77950 p77960 Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HP PageWide Enterprise Color 765 and MFP

© Copyright 2018 HP Development Company,

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without

The information contained herein is subject to

The only warranties for HP products and

NOTE: Information that explains a concept or how to complete a task.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstallation helpful hints, shortcuts, or considerations.

Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at www.hp.com/partners/csn .

1 Removal and replacement ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1

2 Parts and diagrams ........................................................................................................................................................................... 2455

Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2613

● For additional service and support

● Removal and replacement strategy

● Removal and replacement procedures

Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at www.hp.com/partners/csn .

At these locations, find information on the following topics:

● Install and configure

● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Warranty and regulatory information

To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

Considerations during removal and replacement

ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 3

Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation.

NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.

● #T10 TORX (short haft) driver with a magnetic tip

NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● ESD mat (if one is available) or ESD strap

4 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

● Turn off the power using the power button.

● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.

● Remove the tray(s).

After performing service

● Reinstall the supplies (if removed).

● Reinstall the tray cassette(s).

● Load paper in the product.

2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.

4. Print a Configuration page.

ENWW Service approach 5

7. Clean the outside of the product with a damp cloth.

Copy-quality test (MFP models)

2. Ensure that the input tray contains clean, unmarked paper.

4. Verify that the expected start up sounds occur.

7. Print a copy job, and then verify the results.

8. Clean the outside of the printer with a damp cloth.

Fax-quality test (fax models)

2. Type a valid fax number, and send the fax job.

Parts removal order

6 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-authorized

● Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit

● Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit

● Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit

● Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge

● Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

● Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive)